# LitCommerce Helpdesk

Welcome to the LitCommerce Helpdesk!

<h2 align="center"><mark style="color:$primary;"><strong>Welcome to the LitCommerce Helpdesk!</strong></mark></h2>

<p align="center">Your go-to resource for getting the most out of LitCommerce. You’ll find step-by-step guides, feature explanations, and troubleshooting tips to help you integrate, manage listings, sync orders, and grow your multichannel business with confidence.</p>

<p align="center">Browse the topics below:</p>

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th align="center"></th><th align="center"></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="image">Cover image</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>What is LitCommerce?</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>Understand LitCommerce, our pricing plans, and others</p></td><td><a href="/pages/5jpmvpf1h5muPKWJPpO1">/pages/5jpmvpf1h5muPKWJPpO1</a></td><td><a href="/files/IU4MmEKMiFMaLquhZP5U">/files/IU4MmEKMiFMaLquhZP5U</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>Marketplace Integration</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>Marketplace Integration guides to streamline your data</p></td><td><a href="/pages/eusg2hbEwF5AdLh521hr">/pages/eusg2hbEwF5AdLh521hr</a></td><td><a href="/files/t6QKDQNeJswaTaV5eqNQ">/files/t6QKDQNeJswaTaV5eqNQ</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>Feed Management</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>All you need to know about Feed Management for data transfer</p></td><td><a href="/pages/xbTIgcyjnLBvhIDoVAcc">/pages/xbTIgcyjnLBvhIDoVAcc</a></td><td><a href="/files/sEuD5FLjICqUV3BXK1Ri">/files/sEuD5FLjICqUV3BXK1Ri</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>Account &#x26; Payment</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>Manage your account and payments</p></td><td><a href="/pages/E23cFDKJAAbTiXOl1l1O">/pages/E23cFDKJAAbTiXOl1l1O</a></td><td><a href="/files/2ostAOiuHWGFcyYLA8gc">/files/2ostAOiuHWGFcyYLA8gc</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>Changelog</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>System updates and new features announcement</p></td><td><a href="/pages/pe0DF3rQ9aDR5aMprsyp">/pages/pe0DF3rQ9aDR5aMprsyp</a></td><td><a href="/files/QWD8cO1n1QLWMdndHDrX">/files/QWD8cO1n1QLWMdndHDrX</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><h4><strong>Feature Request</strong></h4></td><td align="center"><p></p><p>Submit your ideas and suggestions to improve LitCommerce</p></td><td><a href="https://feedback.litcommerce.com/?cursor=1&#x26;order=top&#x26;limit=10">https://feedback.litcommerce.com/?cursor=1&#x26;order=top&#x26;limit=10</a></td><td><a href="/files/syXiZ1OeMd6EMzF5qgzr">/files/syXiZ1OeMd6EMzF5qgzr</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

<p align="center">Having trouble finding what you need? Contact our dedicated Support Team for assistance!</p>

<p align="center"> <a href="https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/" class="button primary">Contact Support</a></p>


# What is LitCommerce?

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Introduction**</mark> <a href="#id-1-introduction" id="id-1-introduction"></a>

LitCommerce is a SaaS (Software-as-a-Service) multi-channel selling tool that helps streamline your selling process, from listing to advertising products on the world's top platforms.

<figure><img src="/files/eYJ41a1kaCSwYFmgTwlP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The tool’s key features include:

* **Centralized Data Management:** Manage data in a single LitCommerce dashboard by importing it from your platforms and transferring to other channels and feeds. This helps eliminate the need to manually update each product on every channel or feed.

* **Data Synchronization:** Automate data updates on different platforms via the API or through data feeds, ensuring data consistency across all connected channels.

* **Bulk Data Update:** Modify and enhance your product data in bulk, saving you from time-consuming manual tasks.

We also offer flexible pricing that scales with your business as it expands. For more details, see our [pricing plan](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/what-is-litcommerce/pricing-plan) or [contact us](https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/).&#x20;

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Exploring LitCommerce**</mark> <a href="#id-1-exploring-litcommerce" id="id-1-exploring-litcommerce"></a>

LitCommerce consists of two separate apps: Marketplace Integration & Feed Management, which work independently of one another. They have distinct functions and serve different purposes.

<figure><img src="/files/hFRLmQiogwanPxRbvRG3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can use both apps under the same LitCommerce account. Each app is allowed to connect with multiple Main Stores. A Main Store operates with its own set of sales channels and cannot connect to channels associated with other Main Stores.

<figure><img src="/files/vehiKEd6E0rFPBH1v16U" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The subscription plan is also separated for each Main Store**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Marketplace Integration**</mark> <a href="#id-3-marketplace-integration" id="id-3-marketplace-integration"></a>

This app handles the transfer of most product and order-related data between your Main Store (the main data source) and sales channels using APIs. While it automatically synchronizes, the data can be synced depending on the connected platforms and their limitations.

The Marketplace Integration app supports a wide range of integrations, available [HERE](https://litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/).&#x20;

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Feed Management**</mark> <a href="#id-3-feed-management" id="id-3-feed-management"></a>

The app helps optimize and distribute your product data from the Main Store to various platforms (such as Google Shopping, Meta Online Products, etc.) via data feeds, with sync frequency based on your selected plan.

Aside from the Main Stores (Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Wix, CSV, and Google Sheets), there are over 300 supported [platforms](https://litcommerce.com/product-feed-supported-channels/) with more than 2,500 feed templates, giving you flexible control over your product data.

The following table compares the **LitCommerce Marketplace Integration** and **LitCommerce Feed Management** apps to help you choose a suitable option.

<table data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th>Feed Management</th><th>Marketplace Integration</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Works with data feeds</strong> - structured files (usually XML, CSV, etc.) that contain your product information in the exact format required by advertising or catalog platforms.</td><td><strong>Works with API</strong> (Application Programming Interface) - enables LitCommerce to communicate and exchange data efficiently with multiple platforms.</td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>AI-supported with Smart Setup</strong>, allowing your feed to be automatically configured with pre-set category mappings, rules, and field mappings. </p><p></p><p>This feature is currently limited to the Shopify Main Store.</p></td><td><p><strong>AI-supported for generating Etsy and eBay descriptions using keywords.</strong> The number of generated descriptions is limited by the available credits. </p><p></p><p>Your credit balance equals 10% of your listing limit and resets each month.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Can continuously sync</strong> product data to feeds every 60 minutes.</td><td><p><strong>Can continuously sync</strong> product data and orders every 15 minutes. </p><p></p><p>This sync frequency is extended for Etsy due to the platform’s API limitation.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Ideal for advertising and affiliate marketing, improving product visibility and search performance. </p><p></p><p>Supported platforms include Google Shopping, Meta Online Products (Facebook/Instagram), Pinterest, TikTok Ads, etc.</p></td><td>Ideal for actively listing, managing, and selling products on popular platforms, such as Amazon, eBay, Etsy, Walmart, TikTok Shop, etc.</td></tr><tr><td>Orders management is not supported.</td><td>Orders management is supported.</td></tr></tbody></table>

When you are ready, head to [HERE](https://app.litcommerce.com/login) to start managing and expanding your business with LitCommerce!


# Pricing plan

**LitCommerce** offers two distinct apps: **Marketplace Integrations** and **Feed Management**. Since these apps operate independently, you have the flexibility to use either one or both, depending on your business needs.

This article outlines the pricing structure for using each app.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Marketplace Integration**</mark>

The Marketplace Integration pricing is based on two key factors:

* **Number of Channels:** The number of marketplace channels you can connect via our tool.

* **Number of Listings (Total)**: The total number of listings across all connected sales channels combined (not per individual channel), including those under tabs like Error, Draft, Active, and more. A listing represents the entire product and may include multiple variants (SKUs).

{% hint style="success" %}
**LitCommerce offers a `7-day Free Trial` for all plan tiers, allowing businesses to explore every feature of the tool. The trial is available to users with any supported payment method, including Shopify, Wix, PayPal, and credit/debit cards.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Your subscription will automatically renew as a paid plan once the Free Trial ends.**&#x20;

**Canceling the trial in advance only cancels the auto-renewal. Your LitCommerce account will not expire immediately, and the trial will still be available until the full 7-day period ends.**
{% endhint %}

In addition to the **Free Trial**, we have various packages accommodating up to **200,000 listings.** View all of our pricing options [HERE](https://litcommerce.com/pricing/#multichannel).

<figure><img src="/files/33WnqweWmEvHmS6gITjK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Example for Monthly Plan:** Assuming you select:

* Number of Channels: 3
* Number of Listings (Total): 2,000 listings

Your Monthly subscription fee for Marketplace Integration will be **$44**.

Additionally, for customers looking for cost savings, we provide the **Yearly Subscription** option with a discount of **20%** for the one-year plan.

<figure><img src="/files/pwXCfBh2UyBMS0GrmHDu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Example for Yearly Plan:** Assuming your **Marketplace Integration** monthly subscription is $29 (3 Channels, 1,000 Listings). Your **Yearly Subscription Fee** will be **$278**, which includes an annual discount of **$70.**

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Feed Management**</mark>

The Feed Management tool is priced based on:

* **Number of SKUs** (different from the **Number of Listings** in Marketplaces): The total number of SKUs that can be exported into each feed. A product may have multiple SKUs (for example, a shirt available in 5 color variants would have 5 SKUs).

* **Number of Active Feeds:** The total number of feeds that can be activated. Only active feeds have available URLs and can be distributed across other platforms.

LitCommerce offers a **Free Plan** (with no time limit) that includes:

* **100 SKUs**
* **2 Active Feeds**
* **No automatic update.**

You can also explore the **Feed Management subscription plans**, which include hourly automatic data updates and other features. Check out the available options [HERE](https://litcommerce.com/pricing/#product-feed).

<figure><img src="/files/uibsqiwbyHXwl6lt1vFd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Example for Monthly Plan:** Assuming you select:

* Number of SKUs: 5,000 SKUs
* Number of Active Feeds: 5

Your Monthly subscription fee for Feed Management will be **$15**.

{% hint style="success" %}
**The `7-day Free Trial` is available for all plan tiers, granting you access to all features of LitCommerce. It is available to users with any supported payment method, including Shopify, Wix, PayPal, and credit/debit cards.**
{% endhint %}

If you're interested in our **Yearly Plan**, it comes with a **20% discount** to help you reduce costs while maintaining continuous access to Feed Management features.

<figure><img src="/files/f3amcfQ68yTHKyUEoYNF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Example for Yearly Plan:** Assuming your **Feed Management** monthly subscription is $15 (5,000 SKUs, 5 Active Feeds). Your **Yearly Subscription Fee** will be **$144**, which includes an annual discount of **$36.**

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Glossary

Before exploring how to use LitCommerce, take a moment to get familiar with the tool’s key terms outlined below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Marketplace Integration**</mark> <a href="#id-1-marketplace-integration" id="id-1-marketplace-integration"></a>

<table data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th width="72.33331298828125" align="center">No.</th><th width="149.6666259765625">Vocab</th><th>Definition </th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">1</td><td><strong>Shopping Cart</strong></td><td>A platform that provides features to create and manage an entire online store, including inventory management, order fulfillment, marketing tools, and more.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td><strong>Marketplace</strong></td><td>An online platform that facilitates buying and selling activities between multiple buyers and sellers. It allows vendors to create stores and list products for sale to buyers within the platform's ecosystem.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">3</td><td><strong>Main Store</strong></td><td><p>The central source of truth for managing product information (inventory, price, etc.) and fulfilling orders from all connected sales channels. </p><p></p><p>You can connect a Shopping Cart, Files or LitCommerce as the Main Store. Multiple Main Stores can be connected to a single LitCommerce account.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">4</td><td><strong>All Products</strong></td><td>Where all products from your Main Store are stored in the LitCommerce system.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">5</td><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td><p>A connected store from either a Marketplace or a Shopping cart. It operates in conjunction with the Main Store. </p><p></p><p>All listings from the connected store can be reflected in the Sales Channel, including those imported from it or listed from the All Products tab.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">6</td><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td><p>An item available in the All Products tab. </p><p></p><p>Each product has an individual product page containing information such as name, SKU, description, dimensions, images, product attributes, etc.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">7</td><td><strong>Listing</strong></td><td><p>An item available in your Sales Channels. </p><p></p><p>A listing is typically linked to a product in the All Products tab. Each listing has an individual listing page containing the listing attributes and additional information from the marketplace, such as price, shipping, title, description, etc.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">8</td><td><strong>SKU</strong></td><td>Or Stock Keeping Unit - a string of digits that users assign to products to keep track of stock levels internally. SKU helps find imported products or listings from your Main Store or Sales Channels in LitCommerce.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">9</td><td><strong>Product Identifier</strong></td><td>A unique code or number assigned to a specific product by the product manufacturer to distinguish it from other products. For example, GTIN, EAN, MPN, ISBN, ASIN (Amazon only), etc.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">10</td><td><strong>Linking status</strong></td><td><p>A status of whether a listing is connected to the corresponding product on the All Products tab. </p><p></p><p>Each listing on your Sale Channels must be linked (manually or automatically) to a matching product in the All Products tab for the LitCommerce system to update product information accurately.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">11</td><td><strong>Field mapping</strong></td><td>A process to pull an available attribute value from a product in the All Products tab, so it can be displayed in the corresponding field of a linked listing in your Sales Channels.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">12</td><td><strong>Template</strong></td><td><p>A predefined format or structure that contains a set of listing attributes. </p><p></p><p>Use it to quickly edit information, such as Shipping, Category, Price, Title, etc., for individual or multiple listings.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">13</td><td><strong>Template Rule</strong></td><td>A collection of templates, consisting of different types of structured templates. Each type can have one template assigned.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">14</td><td><strong>Change log</strong></td><td>A section that provides a chronological record of all changes made to a product in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">15</td><td><strong>Activities</strong></td><td>A tab that helps users to keep track of the sync activities from the Main Store to the Sales Channel in LitCommerce.<br><br>Manual sync can be triggered via the Run Now button in this tab.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">16</td><td><strong>Single edit mode</strong></td><td>A default interface displays listings in the Sales Channels, where users can access each listing page individually and edit the information.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">17</td><td><strong>Multi-edit mode</strong></td><td>A spreadsheet-style interface that lets you view, edit, and manage up to 50 listings on a single screen.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Feed Management**</mark>  <a href="#id-1-feed-management" id="id-1-feed-management"></a>

<table data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th width="75.66668701171875" align="center">No.</th><th width="150">Vocab</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">1</td><td><strong>Feed</strong></td><td>A structured data file that contains a complete list of your products and their attributes. It can be considered a digital catalog, specifically formatted to be read and processed by other platforms.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td><strong>All Items</strong></td><td>Where all products from your Main Store are stored in the LitCommerce system.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">3</td><td><strong>Country</strong></td><td>A field to specify the country your feed products are advertised in during feed configuration. You need to create a separate feed for each country.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">4</td><td><strong>Type of Market</strong></td><td><p>A field to classify your items (e.g., Baby &#x26; Kids, Electronics) and ensure the appropriate export format during feed configuration. </p><p></p><p>Different market types may require distinct fields and product categorization.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">5</td><td><strong>Type of Feed</strong></td><td>A field to specify the feed’s purpose in your product catalog during feed configuration. It is only available on certain platforms.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">6</td><td><strong>Categories</strong></td><td>A tab to classify your items into specific groups on the platform, allowing better engagement from buyers.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">7</td><td><strong>Rules</strong></td><td><p>A tab to modify and optimize your product feed data by setting up different conditions. </p><p></p><p>Use this to make data in your feed differ from your Main Store's data, such as adding text to a title or excluding certain products. This ensures the final export feed meets the specific requirements of your selected platform.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">8</td><td><strong>Global Rules</strong></td><td><p>A set of frequently used rules for applying across all feeds. This helps speed up the feed setup process. </p><p></p><p>Only one set of Global Rules can be selected per feed.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">9</td><td><strong>Custom Field</strong></td><td><p>A new field to add values that are not available in your Main Store. </p><p></p><p>Custom fields are created only in LitCommerce and will not be added to your Main Store.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="center">10</td><td><strong>Mapping</strong></td><td>A tab for connecting data fields after having the rules applied to a feed, so that product information flows correctly to the LitCommerce system and selected platforms.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">11</td><td><strong>Quality</strong></td><td>A tab that assesses whether your feed meets the platform’s requirements. It provides a visual indicator of your feed's quality before being exported.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">12</td><td><strong>Export</strong></td><td>A tab to preview your feed data and export it. You can retrieve the feed URL for input on the selected platform.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">13</td><td><strong>Feed URL</strong></td><td>A unique web address created for your product data file. It serves as a direct link to your product information, allowing the selected platforms to access and download the feed.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">14</td><td><strong>Feed Status</strong></td><td>A toggle to activate and deactivate a feed. Enabling it will activate your feed and generate a URL.</td></tr><tr><td align="center">15</td><td><strong>Schedule</strong></td><td>A section to enable hourly sync duration so that new items and changes from your Main Store are automatically updated to LitCommerce.</td></tr></tbody></table>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Customer Support

LitCommerce always strives to bring you the best possible customer service. As the multi-channel selling expert, we are proud to receive positive ratings on many platforms such as [Trustpilot](https://www.trustpilot.com/review/litcommerce.com), [Shopify App](https://apps.shopify.com/litcommerce?st_source=autocomplete), [Wix App](https://www.wix.com/app-market/litcommerce?referral=search-result\&appIndex=0\&referralTag=litcommerce\&referralSectionName=search-result), and more!

We provide comprehensive support through Live Chat and Email. Our dedicated support team is available on Live Chat seven days a week (including holidays) during the following time frames:

* **Monday:** 04:00 - 24:00 GMT+7

* **Tuesday - Saturday:** All day excluding 02:00 - 04:00 GMT+7

* **Sunday:** 08:00 - 24:00 GMT+7

Whether you have questions on how to use the app, need assistance, or require any information, our knowledgeable and friendly team is here to help you. With our convenient support methods, you can contact us at any time and receive prompt and reliable support.

<figure><img src="/files/zBveqG0MwScnYp8EHk4P" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

We also try our best to ensure the lowest response time and maximum efficiency to take you to the finish line.&#x20;

If we are not available on Live Chat, your message will be delivered to our system and responded to as soon as possible when we return!


# Overview

The Marketplace Integration app is designed to help you streamline your data between e-commerce platforms.&#x20;

This section provides everything you need to connect your Main Store to sales channels and manage your multichannel operations from a single place. Let us walk you through a step-by-step beginner setup, app features that optimize your experience on LitCommerce, specific guidance for different supported platforms, and more.

Below are some of the highlighted articles.

* [Step 1: Set up the Main Store and first Channel](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-1-set-up-the-main-store-and-first-channel)
* [Step 2: List, create or link products in LitCommerce](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-2-list-create-or-link-products-in-litcommerce)
* [Step 3: Set up Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options)
* [Step 4: Set up Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options)
* [Step 5: Set Up Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options)
* [Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules)
* [Quick/Auto list to Channel](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel)


# Setup & Navigation


# Step-by-step Setup


# Step 1: Connect your first platforms

Getting started with LitCommerce by connecting your first platforms. This article walks you through the setup process.

After accessing your LitCommerce account, you will find the “Connect Your First Platform” screen.

<figure><img src="/files/kB4csamV0ujEY2s2kwgk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

From there, select a platform from either Marketplaces or Shopping Carts. LitCommerce will adapt the connection flow based on your selection.

<figure><img src="/files/qujYdBahDtVGAO7CIIS0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Regardless of which option you choose first, the goal remains the same: to complete your initial LitCommerce setup with one Main Store and one sales channel connected.

{% hint style="info" %}

* **A Main Store is the source of truth for product data, including inventory, pricing, and other product information. LitCommerce supports Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Wix, Squarespace, Square, and LitCommerce (Native) as Main Stores.**

* **A sales channel is a connected store from either a Marketplace or a Shopping cart. Product data from your Main Store will be used to create and update listings on these channels.**
  {% endhint %}

During the connection process, LitCommerce will display corresponding instructions for each selected platform. Required information may vary by platform and is marked with a red asterisk. Complete all required fields before proceeding.

<figure><img src="/files/u2k0qfXl3fVK4u668oyH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**With shopping carts, you can find and install the LitCommerce app or plugin from the eCommerce app stores. Once installed, you'll be redirected to the LitCommerce dashboard to proceed with further steps.**

\
**For example: The LitCommerce app** [**on Shopify**](https://apps.shopify.com/litcommerce)**, on** [**WordPress.org**](https://wordpress.org/plugins/litcommerce/)**.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/aHLEcy1itqzbady86I4Y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you do not have a shopping cart to use as the Main Store, first connect your marketplace channel, then click the `Skip - I Don’t Have Any Of These` button to connect LitCommerce (Native) as your central hub.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/2QSx3stQgNC7J3pxs18a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After completing the setup, your LitCommerce account is ready for the next actions. You can start importing products, creating listings, or setting up sync between your Main Store and sales channel.

<figure><img src="/files/mMGWygM6hEkwFsW7w4XX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **You can connect multiple individual Main Stores under one LitCommerce account. Each Main Store operates as a separate sub-account.**

* **You can connect additional channels based on the Subscription plan limit.**
  {% endhint %}

Additionally, for more detailed guidance on connecting a specific Main Store, check out the following articles.

[How to connect Shopify as the Main Store](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopify/how-to-connect-shopify-as-the-main-store)

[How to connect WooCommerce as the Main Store](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/woocommerce/how-to-connect-woocommerce-as-the-main-store)

[How to connect BigCommerce as the Main Store](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/bigcommerce/how-to-connect-bigcommerce-as-the-main-store)

[How to connect Wix as the Main Store](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/wix/how-to-connect-wix-as-the-main-store)

[LitCommerce as the Main Store](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/litcommerce-native/litcommerce-as-the-main-store)&#x20;

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Step 2: List, create or link products in LitCommerce

This article will help you determine the next step in managing your products, including list, create and link them. It covers:

* List products from the Main Store to the Sales Channel.
* Import products from the Sales Channel to LitCommerce.
* Create listings from the Sales Channel on the Main Store.
* Link products between the Sales Channel and the Main Store.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Each listing on your Sale Channels must be linked to a matching product in the All Products section.**&#x20;

**Once the Channel Settings are set up, the LitCommerce system can update price, quantity, and other product information for linked listing accurately.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Use Case 1: List products from your Main Store to your Sales Channel**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings from the All Products section to the Channel in LitCommerce**</mark>

First of all, you will need to add a draft listing to the channel in LitCommerce. To begin, go to the All Products section on the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/x8k9QNw3moangJlR4KSC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After that, choose the products that you want to list and then select the action `Add to Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/RP27MedJkFf1OXk4xVqc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Then, simply check the box next to the desired Channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/RO69nWE8O61P1KVB8FCk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have an active subscription with LitCommerce, you can add all items in the All Products section to the selected Sales Channels using the `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` button.**&#x20;

**This action is only available on certain Sales Channels.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/YdfxNRP91NFhdaceXnRA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

With certain Sales Channels, you have the option to choose between `Quick Publish` and `Manual Publish`. Feel free to select the one that is suitable for you.

<figure><img src="/files/ky5vwGLQ3Wky06fcHibN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Refer to this article for more details about the [Quick Publish](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) option.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the Channel in LitCommerce**</mark>

Once your draft listings are ready, click the listing title to access the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/1KPfhXheQos5JI3FsYuf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This page organizes the listing information into different tabs. Since each channel platform has unique requirements, make sure to fill out all mandatory fields (with red asterisks).

<figure><img src="/files/241wSWyjwLEVcbCaB1ju" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To bulk edit listings, you can use the** [**Multi Edit Mode**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/explore-multi-edit-mode) **or** [**create templates**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules) **and assign them to the listings.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings to the Sales Channel**</mark>

Once you have completed all the required information on the listing details page, choose one of the following options:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all your changes immediately on the Sales Channel.
* **Save & Close:** Save your changes as a draft and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save your changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/7iACiaywIL0Oa2yr8Fj7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Use Case 2: Import products from Sales Channel to LitCommerce**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 1: Import existing products from the Sales Channel to the Channel in LitCommerce**</mark>

On the second use case, click `Import From [Sales Channel]`.

<figure><img src="/files/if6TOWt4ucEiCJUiLaBe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the Import Listing interface, you can apply a specific filter and click `Begin Import`.

{% hint style="success" %}
**To automatically link your existing channel listings to the corresponding Main Store products, keep the feature `Auto link products from these imported listing (if they exist in my catalog with same SKU or UPC)` enabled.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/2k58JLuYAs1OECnWHFlh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce automatically links a channel listing to its corresponding Main Store product based on the following criteria:**

* **The channel listing and the Main Store product have the same Product Title (or SKU/UPC).**

* **The channel listing and the Main Store product share the same product format (simple - simple, variant - variant). For Amazon, Walmart, and Reverb, a simple channel listing can also be linked to a Main Store product variation.**

* **The Main Store product is not already linked to another listing from the same channel.**
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**After the initial import, click the `Import from [Sales Channel]` button on the top-right of the dashboard to import new products from the Sales Channel anytime.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/wB7vE6rg0g54xNMHgrYn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If you select "Yes" for the option `Re-import all deleted products`:**&#x20;

* **LitCommerce will include listings that were previously deleted from the LitCommerce sales channel in the import process.**

* **LitCommerce will not duplicate the listings if they already exist in the LitCommerce sales channel.**
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/ZqDFGPY9AEaH725MfgNb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 2: Create listings on your eCommerce platform or link existing products between your Sales Channel and Main Store**</mark>

Choose one of the two processes below to proceed.

<figure><img src="/files/TUChhcTYZ6F66d37KQeG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Create listings on your eCommerce platform**</mark>

This process is for the unlinked listings (marked by the red link icon) that do not exist in your Main Store (eCommerce platform). Once the listings are imported successfully to the sales channel, follow these steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select the listings.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the `Select Action` button.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose `Create on Main Store`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/rS6RaxFRunNU9WPebibg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Listings that are successfully created on the Main Store will display a blue dot on the link icon.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/2u022blhYw0TUxxlgMAd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Link existing products between your Sales Channel and Main Store**</mark>

In the Importing Listing screen, the option `Auto link products from these imported listings (if they exist in my catalog with the same SKU or UPC)` is enabled by default. Choose **No** if you want to link them manually.

<figure><img src="/files/avbM5uYqX5J5J9KE5ga6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the listings are unlinked to All Products (indicated by the red dot on the link icon), manually link them individually by following the steps below:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Hover over the link icon.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Link To A Product`.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Find the corresponding product using the search box (use SKU or any keyword).

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Tap `Select`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/EOQtlJbv0ppzMB0ZTrxx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/VbY4kL5FRjje9hZE9Run" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

After that, the link icon will turn blue, indicating that the listing is successfully linked to the product in All Products.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can bulk-link your listings using `Link Listing` under the `Select Action` button. Proceed by selecting the listings, then** **choosing this action, and specifying identifiers before clicking `Link Product`.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/MQqGGceJSAc0DIPgp7g0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/oMldCzpyBfdXr758Z2Mn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Additionally, once all of your channel listings have been linked, head to the Channel Settings to adjust the Sync options and save them.

<figure><img src="/files/D9hN003AjtJMvgDXa7ie" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You may also check out the related articles below:

[Step 3: Set up Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options)

[Step 4: Set up Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options)

[Step 5: Set Up Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options)

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Step 3: Set up Price Sync Options

Price Sync can keep the price of all listings in the Sales Channels aligned with the product prices in your Main Store.&#x20;

Once activated, LitCommerce automatically runs a sync process every 15 minutes, updating the prices of linked listings on each Channel in the tool to match those in your Main Store. This synchronization also applies when you create new listings on the channel.

Any changes in the Price Sync Options must be saved in Channel Settings to apply to all listings.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Price Sync only updates prices from your Main Store to the Sales Channels. If you manually adjust a listing price on a Sales Channel, the change will not be reflected in LitCommerce or synced with other Sales Channels.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to enable Price Sync**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the desired Channel in LitCommerce and click `Channel Settings`.

<figure><img src="/files/h8HaRM9UDIg9O7z5fKmt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Toggle on `Price Sync`.

<figure><img src="/files/QWYuSpIsrQF2aYxR9Xzk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Enable` to acknowledge the effect of Price Sync and turn the feature on.

<div><figure><img src="/files/rubsI5dPUESGv1Ml0JAu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/071lL577AQ6KrCnu7ybE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Price Sync Options**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The price will be calculated in sequential order of the price sync options.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Use Sales Price**</mark>

By default, LitCommerce uses Compare-at Price (if available) from the Main Store for Price Synchronization. Enable this will apply the Sale Price to the Sales Channel instead.

<figure><img src="/files/uWZGpkqT7vaZqvExFRZr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**For example,** if a Product in the Main Store has a Price of $10 and its Compare-at-Price is $15, LitCommerce will sync the Compare-at-Price ($15) to the Marketplace. When this option is enabled, the regular Price ($10) will be applied.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Currency Conversion**</mark>

LitCommerce will not interfere with the currency of the products or listings. If the currency does not match between the Main Store and the Sales Channel, follow the steps below to convert the Price automatically:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Enable the `Currency Conversion` toggle.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the corresponding currencies from the dropdown list, and the conversion rate will automatically appear.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the `Load Live Rate` button to update the live rate between the selected currencies.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/R0HJUFmhzp5smSNtYupP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Price Rules**</mark>

* **Price Adjustments**: Choose Increase or Decrease the price of the listings by a Fixed Amount or a Percentage.

<figure><img src="/files/qT3QCkwLCjd1Dyo4YLBH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Price Rounding:** Select the rounding-up price rule for the listing.

<figure><img src="/files/4bpSo9zadQlTADK3WBdN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Here is a breakdown of the rules:

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note:**

* **Round Up:** Round towards the next higher number.
* **Round Off:** Use the nearest value related to the rule.
* **Round Down:** Round towards the lower number.
  {% endhint %}

| Price Rounding    | Action Taken                                                                           | Example                                   |
| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| **No Rounding**   | The value remains unchanged.                                                           | 12.34 → 12.34                             |
| **Nearest 0.5**   | Round up to the nearest value that ends in .5.                                         | <p>12.34 → 12.5</p><p>12.74 → 13.5</p>    |
| **Nearest 0.10**  | Rounds to the nearest tenth.                                                           | <p>12.34 → 12.3 </p><p>12.35 → 12.4</p>   |
| **Nearest 0.69**  | Round up to the nearest value that ends in .69.                                        | <p>12.34 → 12.69</p><p>12.97 → 13.69</p>  |
| **Nearest 0.99**  | Replace the decimal part with .99.                                                     | 12.34 → 12.99                             |
| **Nearest 0.95**  | Round up to the nearest value that ends in .95.                                        | <p>12.34 → 12.95 </p><p>12.96 → 13.95</p> |
| **Nearest 0.9**   | Round up to the nearest value that ends in .9.                                         | <p>12.34 → 12.9 </p><p>12.91 → 13.9</p>   |
| **Nearest 1**     | Rounds up to the nearest integer.                                                      | 12.34 → 13                                |
| **Nearest 5**     | Rounds off to the nearest integer multiple of 5.                                       | <p>12.34 → 10 </p><p>56.78 → 55</p>       |
| **Nearest 9**     | Rounds up to the nearest integer ending in 9.                                          | 12.34 → 19                                |
| **Nearest 9.90**  | Rounds off to the nearest value that ends in 9.90.                                     | <p>12.34 → 9.90 </p><p>56.78 → 59.90</p>  |
| **Nearest 10**    | Rounds up to the nearest multiple of 10.                                               | 12.34 → 20                                |
| **Nearest 10.99** | Rounds the integer up to the nearest multiple of 10 and replaces the decimal with .99. | 12.34 → 20.99                             |

* **Price Preview:** Enter any price value to check how the setup price rules work.

<figure><img src="/files/2YS186VUpUUpE8GPWsfE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Some Sales Channels have their own Price Sync options due to their special features. Head to each Channel Settings for additional information.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Save Settings**</mark>

After adjusting the Price Sync Options, scroll down at the bottom of the page to save the settings.

<figure><img src="/files/qHYXOdPaSOs5XMtE1cQF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the Price Sync or Rules are set up, their statuses will be displayed under the Channel Name.

<figure><img src="/files/LHDh1yj5ReQgqBxGcBPW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Step 4: Set up Inventory Sync Options

With Inventory Sync enabled, LitCommerce automatically runs a process every 15 minutes to keep the inventory on the Sales Channel in sync with the Main Store.&#x20;

It also updates the Sales Channel with any Inventory adjustments made in the Main Store and those resulting from new orders received from the Sales Channels.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Changes made directly to Marketplace inventory will not be reflected in your Main Store/ LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

This article describes how Inventory Sync and other options help you manage the Inventory Synchronization flow from the Main Store to the Marketplace.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to enable Inventory Sync**</mark>

To do this, go to the desired channel in the sidebar menu and click the `Channel Settings` button to find the Inventory Options.

<figure><img src="/files/Ijd4ycQxfd4jU0HeXvrs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When enabled, the Inventory Sync Options will be applied to all existing listings in the Channel. If not, they will be applied one time when the new listings are added from the Main Store to the Sales Channel.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory Sync Options**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The quantity will be calculated in sequential order of the inventory sync options.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Inventory Sync**</mark>

Enabling the Inventory Sync will trigger an automatic process in the LitCommerce system every 15 minutes to scan for new updates in the Inventory in the Main Store and sync them to linked listings in the Sales Channels.

Additionally, the system automatically import orders from Sales Channels to the application, aiming to maintain consistency between the Main Store and connected Channels in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/aVVTy7GOVtGtiJbuo1KI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Ensure to check all boxes to acknowledge the effects of Inventory Sync before enabling this feature.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/TaCaa8K1IZ8lr9dq5VXz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Keep Listing Active**</mark>

By default, the Listing Status depends on the Product Status and available Inventory in the Main Store. Toggle this button to keep the linked listing Active on the Channel despite the Product Status in the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/pOaGoRdrD8fSEhd7lrO5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Inventory Rules**</mark>

Each Sales Channel has its own restrictions regarding the Quantity. You can set the Inventory for listings by utilizing the Inventory Rules. Here is how to establish them:

* **Automatically adjust the quantities on this channel in relation to the total quantity in your Main Store:** Enter the percentage of the quantity that you want to use from the Main Store in the Marketplace.

<figure><img src="/files/UqtLBFcU73OQ8XkGmgWM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **For No Manage Stock listings:** When the listing is linked to a No Manage Stock product in All Products, the quantity in the Sales Channel will be automatically set to a fixed value.

* **Maximum/Minimum Quantity:** Set up the maximum/minimum quantity to be displayed on the Sales Channel regardless of the actual stock in the Main Store.

* **Automatically set the product on \[Sales Channel] to out of stock:** Set up the listing’s stock status when the quantity reaches a fixed value. Utilize this if you want to have a buffer stock between the Sales Channel and your Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/3GIQEVIVMdMbFop2eUq2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Some Sales Channels have their own Price Sync options due to their unique features. Head to each Channel Settings for additional information.

{% hint style="info" %}
**With Shopify Main Store, you have the option to select which locations LitCommerce will sync the inventory from.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/iwzDUR29A0Thb71NkIkL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Save Settings**</mark>

After setting up the Inventory Sync Options, scroll down at the bottom of the page to save the settings.

<figure><img src="/files/dWFvm8IjpVzBu6dOhi9m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the Inventory Sync or Rules are set up, their statuses will be displayed under the Channel Name.

<figure><img src="/files/MlLE7JtkOLmckhxmMymA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Step 5: Set Up Order Sync Options

LitCommerce’s Order Sync feature helps you centralize and fulfill orders from multiple Sales Channels in your Main Store dashboard. This article will guide you through setting up this feature in your account.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order Sync Options**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Import Orders to Main Store**</mark>

To import the Channel orders to your Main Store, first ensure the `Inventory Sync` is enabled in the Channel Settings.

<div><figure><img src="/files/KIsx7ZjZhzcjZrgIb0BE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/yksaba02PHLWqNd7GIt1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

After that, scroll down and toggle on `Import Orders to Main Store`.

<figure><img src="/files/gOLEJbm0p38vNES0oBrv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once enabled, LitCommerce will automatically import Channel orders into the app and your Main Store, provided that all order listings are linked in LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**For accounts with LitCommerce as the Main Store, enable `Auto Import Order to Connected Fulfillment Service` to import Channel orders to your connected fulfillment service. Check out** [**this article**](https://help.litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/litcommerce-native/litcommerce-as-the-main-store-fulfillment-service) **for more details.**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             &#x20;
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/0SpoUHb5KtKgnYRWyzTp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce only imports orders from your Sales Channels and transfers them to your Main Store. Main Store orders will not be imported.**
{% endhint %}

Additionally, this feature helps you synchronize the tracking information from the Main Store to the Channel platforms and vice versa to update the fulfillment status.

Learn more about the [Order Flow](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/after-setup-what-to-expect/order-processing-in-litcommerce-a-look-into-the-workflow) in this article.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**LitCommerce automatically restocks products in your Main Store when orders are canceled or refunded.**

**However, this behavior may vary by Channel. Check each channel’s settings for details.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Import Orders with Unlinked Products**</mark>

By default, LitCommerce will import orders to the Main Store provided all listings in the Channel are linked. Enable this option to import those containing unlinked listings as well.

<figure><img src="/files/8rfibAJktxKSoUM8KIee" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to API limitations, this feature is unavailable for accounts using Squarespace as the Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Only linked listings will have their quantities deducted from the Main Store.**&#x20;

**Unlinked listings will be imported into the Main Store order as text only. They will not be linked to any products, and their quantities will not be deducted.**
{% endhint %}

If you want to cancel or refund orders with unlinked listings, it will be processed as follows:

<table><thead><tr><th width="140.3333740234375"></th><th>Cancel/Refund on Marketplace</th><th>Cancel/Refund on Main Store</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Quantity</strong></td><td>After the Cancellation/Refund, only the linked listings will get the quantity updated.</td><td>After the Cancellation/Refund, only the linked listings will get the quantity updated.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order status</strong></td><td>The Order Status will be reflected in the Main Store accordingly.</td><td><p>The Order Status will not be synced from the Main Store to the Sales Channel accordingly. </p><p></p><p>Visit Channel platform to Cancel or issue a Refund.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Skip Unpaid Orders**</mark>

By default, LitCommerce imports both Paid and Unpaid orders from the Sales Channels into the application. Turning this on will only import Paid orders to the LitCommerce system and your Main Store.&#x20;

In addition, the inventory of the listings in Unpaid orders will not be synced to all platforms.

<figure><img src="/files/0wqNtUNlwbBY1LfEL6cQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**This setting is unavailable for Amazon, eBay, and TikTok Shop according to the Marketplace feature. Only Paid orders are imported from these Sales Channels.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Keep Order Number from Channel**</mark>

When Channel orders are imported into the Main Store, the Order Number will adhere to the Main Store’s format. Enable this setting if you wish to retain the original Channel Order Number during the import process.

You can also configure a prefix for the Order Numbers in the Main Store to sort out the orders imported from a specific Sales Channel.

<figure><img src="/files/lKViyqADY3H12VEW8xaC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Tax Rules**</mark>

* **Custom Tax Rate:** The Order Total from the Channel includes both Tax and the Total Amount. However, in some cases, the Tax is not provided as a separate value in the data received from the channel. By enabling this option and setting up a percentage, LitCommerce will automatically calculate and separate the Tax from the Order Total before importing the Orders into the Main Store.

* **Tax Rate:** Enter a GST/VAT Rate value that will be included in the product prices when Orders are imported to your Main Store.

* **Tax Label:** You can specify the Label that will be used to display the Tax in the Order when it is imported into the Main Store (available for WooCommerce or Shopify).

* **Add Shipping Tax:** This option determines whether the tax should be separated from the shipping cost. By toggling this option, LitCommerce will calculate the Tax amount (including Tax Rate and Shipping Tax) and separate it from the Order Total.

* **Import Orders Without Tax:** By default, the Tax is included in the Channel Orders when importing to the Main Store. Turning this on will have the Tax removed before the importing process.

<figure><img src="/files/U2NJRIOdStHkfk7qaj3A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Send Email**</mark>

If you want the customers to receive emails for Order Confirmations, Shipping Confirmation, and Marketing when the order is updated in the Main Store, turn on the settings below:

* **Order Receipt.**
* **Fulfillment Receipt.**
* **Marketing Emails.**

<figure><img src="/files/nTGxMfMgXQpCufceS0Kd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For accounts using WooCommerce as the Main Store only, you can enable the following options:

* **Customer Notifications:** Send Email confirmation (including Order and Fulfillment Confirmation) to the customer when the order is updated in the Main Store.

* **Disable New Orders Notifications:** Pause the Email Notification to the seller when there is a new order imported from the Marketplace to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/kdsadVMnMYwn066rUZJQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order Import Failure or Unlinked Product Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when Channel orders fail to import to the Main Store or contain unlinked listings. This allows you to review and address them promptly.

<figure><img src="/files/SY2kEVq6H0kKWKXQCdbT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Save Settings**</mark>

Once the Order Sync Options are established, scroll down to the bottom to save the settings.

<figure><img src="/files/1excXr73deh35HQ2VYFL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the Order Sync is set up, the status will be displayed under the Channel Name.

<figure><img src="/files/nROBh6lx95MEGprqU7Et" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Depending on each Sales Channel’s features, some settings may not be available. Visit each Channel Settings to learn more information.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# After Setup: What to Expect


# Order Processing in LitCommerce: A look into the workflow

Order Sync is only available for accounts with shopping carts as the Main Store in the LitCommerce Marketplace Integration app.

This article explains the app’s order workflow. Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Manage orders in LitCommerce**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The system requires enabling both `Inventory Sync` and `Import Orders To Main Store` in the Channel Settings to automatically sync orders from your sales channel to the Main Store through LitCommerce.**&#x20;

**The settings follow the basic** [**Order Sync Options**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options)**.**
{% endhint %}

When managing orders via LitCommerce, you will come across the following.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Orders section**</mark>

Access this section from the sidebar menu to view and manage all synced orders.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Search/Filters**</mark>

You can use the LitCommerce Search and Filters feature to locate the targeted orders.

<figure><img src="/files/gPrBF9OE3NSn7YFohccD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="139.33331298828125">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Search bar</strong></td><td>Search for an imported order using SKU, Product name, Customer name, or Order ID (either from the Channel, LitCommerce, or the Main Store).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>All Channels</strong> </td><td>Use this field to select and filter out orders from a certain Sales Channel.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Date range</strong></td><td>Select this field to view orders that occurred within a specific date range.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search</strong> </td><td>Apply settings from the three fields above to return the corresponding orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Clear</strong> </td><td>Reset to the default settings.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Order tabs**</mark>

These tabs categorize orders by the latest updated order statuses on either the Main Store or Channels.

1. **All**

This tab displays all orders imported from sales channels to LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/wW24SaJG6D99nL3ToENQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Completed**

LitCommerce automatically marks orders as Completed and sorts them into the relevant tab once their status becomes Completed, Shipped, or Delivered on the connected platform.

<figure><img src="/files/YrUa9ouO5JJWN9Nw1G7t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**On the Channel:** Once imported to the Main Store, orders that are completed on the Channel will have their status and tracking information updated automatically to the Main Store, regardless of unlinked listings.

**On the Main Store:** Once the orders are imported to the Main Store and completed there, order completion on the Channel will occur automatically, regardless of unlinked listings.

3. **Ready To Ship**

This tab displays paid orders being prepared for shipment.

<figure><img src="/files/ykq7U1msYQzzA8cDBeu9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. **Shipping**

This tab shows the orders that have been dispatched and are currently on their way to buyers.

<figure><img src="/files/Gj7ocADadrFyMg24zdNf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. **Canceled/Refund/Partially Refunded**

These tabs display orders of the following statuses:

* **Canceled:** Show orders that have been successfully canceled and will not be processed or shipped.

* **Refund:** Show orders with the refund process in progress or that have been completed.

* **Partially Refunded:** Show orders with at least one refunded item.

<figure><img src="/files/W2VJL8juT9PzGKCA4pwb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**On the Channel:** When an order is canceled or refunded on a Channel, LitCommerce automatically syncs the order status and restocks the items on the Main Store accordingly. However, there are some special cases to consider:

<details>

<summary><strong>Etsy</strong></summary>

Because canceled or refunded orders are immediately removed from the Etsy system, LitCommerce cannot receive their information. As a result, order status and products in your Main Store will not be automatically restocked and need to be manually handled.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Amazon</strong></summary>

A canceled order will have the Main Store inventory restocked as usual. However, if an Amazon order is refunded but not canceled, LitCommerce will not receive any notifications, leading to the Main Store not being automatically restocked.&#x20;

You will need to set the Main Store order status to Canceled and manually restock the items.

</details>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **If your Channel is a shopping cart, the Canceled/Refund order status can be synced both ways.**

* **Orders that are canceled before importing into LitCommerce will not be processed by the tool.**

* **Refund data can be synced for management purposes, but the actual funds are not issued to the buyer. Process the refund directly on the platform where the order originated.**
  {% endhint %}

**On the Main Store:** Canceled/Refund order status will not be synced from the Main Store to the Channel. Go to your Channel platform to process the cancellation or refund.

6. **Require Links**

By default, only orders with all linked listings will be imported to your Main Store. Orders with at least one unlinked listing will be moved to the Require Links tab on the LitCommerce Orders section.

<figure><img src="/files/gWPvpwhxm06uDiRrmnOG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Unlinked orders cannot be imported into your Main Store and cannot be used to update inventory. This may lead to desynchronized inventory between your Main Store and Channel.**
{% endhint %}

From there, you can manually link the listings and then click on `Resync Order` to import those orders to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/UrjvVNPKXznrxQow28m8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Enabling the `Import Orders with Unlinked Products` feature in** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/marketplace-integration/basics-and-setup/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options#import-orders-with-unlinked-products) **allows LitCommerce to automatically import all orders, including those with unlinked listings, to your Main Store.**&#x20;

**The unlinked items will not have their corresponding Main Store inventory synced.**
{% endhint %}

7. **Error**

Orders that contain errors will prevent them from being imported to your Main Store. This can occur for various reasons. To view the detailed error message, click on the order in the Orders section.

<figure><img src="/files/gD90lP5rI83NQRTnoL02" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After that, address the error and click `Resync Order` to import the order to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/gRjjH7sgpD8ngpNNFFuP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

[Contact us](https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/) if you are unsure about the error messages and how to resolve them.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Columns**</mark>

The columns provide you with prompt information about the imported orders in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/e0u8TIFc2iFDp9yt9BdR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="160">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order #</strong></td><td>Shows the LitCommerce Order IDs. These IDs are only generated within the tool’s system.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Date</strong> </td><td>Shows the date when orders were created on the Channel. It is based on your device’s timezone.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ord. Import</strong></td><td><p>Shows whether an order is imported to the Main Store. You will find the following statuses:</p><p></p><ul><li>Grey: Marks an unimported order.</li><li>Red: Marks an unimported order due to errors.</li><li>Green: Indicates that the order has already been imported.</li></ul><p></p><p>Hover over each status for more details.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Qty. Sync</strong></td><td><p>Shows whether an order’s inventory is synced with the Main Store. You will find the following statuses:</p><p></p><ul><li>Grey: Marks an unsynced inventory.</li><li>Green: Indicates that the inventory has already been synced.</li><li>Half-grey, half-green: Specifies that not all items’ inventory has been synced. This usually shows on orders with both linked and unlinked listings.</li></ul><p></p><p>Hover over each status for more details.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Status</strong></td><td>Shows the progress of an order throughout its fulfillment. This information is automatically updated in LitCommerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Channel</strong></td><td>Shows the platform from which the order was imported.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Channel Order #</strong></td><td>Shows the Order ID from the Channel where the order was created.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Item SKU</strong></td><td>Shows the purchased SKUs within an order. Orders with more than one item are displayed as (multiple items).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Item Name</strong></td><td>Shows the purchased listings’ title within an order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Buyer</strong></td><td>Shows the buyer’s name.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total</strong></td><td>Shows the final order total value (after shipping, tax, and discount).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Last Updated</strong></td><td>Shows the most recent time that LitCommerce received an order update from either the Main Store or the channel.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order details page**</mark>

When clicking on a specific order, you can view its detailed information from both the Main Store and the Channel. This includes:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/ieSDujJqd9Rq0zTwUrw2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="255.33331298828125">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order ID</strong></td><td>Displays the unique order identifier retrieved from your Channels and Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Order ID/Username</strong></td><td>Displays the buyer’s ID or username returned by the platform for the order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Status</strong></td><td>Displays the current fulfillment stage of the order on the platform.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Date</strong></td><td>Shows the date (in your device’s timezone) when orders were created on the platform.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Shipped Date</strong></td><td>Displays the date on which the order was dispatched.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Buyers’ information</strong></td><td>Includes buyer’s name, shipping address, and email returned from the sales channel.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tracking Company</strong></td><td>Displays the shipping carrier used to deliver the order, based on data from the platform where it was fulfilled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tracking Number</strong></td><td>Displays the unique code provided by the shipping carrier to identify and track the order.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Items Ordered**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/DxfbJh3AgBMGQ5J9NZDc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field        | Definition                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| ------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Item**     | <p>Indicates the items being purchased. Each listing title is hyperlinked and will direct you to the corresponding listing on the LitCommerce sales channel.</p><p></p><p>The tool also specifies the purchased variation for items with variant format.</p>                                                         |
| **SKU**      | Shows the corresponding SKU for each purchased item.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
| **Status**   | <p>Specifies the link status of each purchased item. Blue marks a linked item, while red indicates that the listing is not linked.</p><p></p><p>Each linked icon will direct you to the corresponding product on the LitCommerce All Products section.</p>                                                           |
| **Quantity** | Shows the number of units purchased for each item in the order.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| **Price**    | Shows the price of each item in the order.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| **Shipping** | Shows the delivery fee of each item in the order.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| **Tax**      | Shows the available tax of the order. You can set up this information on the platforms or use the Custom Tax Rate feature in the [Channel Settings](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options#tax-rules). |
| **Discount** | Shows the total amount deducted from the order’s original price.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| **Subtotal** | Shows the order value before applying shipping, tax, and discount.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
| **Total**    | Shows the final order total value (after shipping, tax, and discount).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Notes**</mark>

If the order includes specific notes, LitCommerce will display them in this section.

<figure><img src="/files/rZfieOVF5iEjNfFveb5Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order processing**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order status and tracking information**</mark>

Once your orders are fulfilled from either the Main Store or Channel, LitCommerce will then sync the order status and tracking information to the other platform.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Due to the Amazon and Etsy API limitations, not all order data (such as buyer’s name, shipping address, etc.) can be synced from these marketplaces. The sync of order status and tracking information is also limited.**

\
**With Etsy, this limitation only affects stores in the United States, Türkiye, Canada, Germany, France, Bulgaria, Italy, Lithuania, Spain, Ukraine, Australia, Greece, Netherlands, and Portugal. Refer to** [**this article**](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/26654295371031-How-to-Use-a-Third-Party-Provider-to-Ship-Your-Order?campaign_label\&segment=selling) **for more details.**
{% endhint %}

* **Fulfill orders on your Channel:** The tool only updates order status to your Main Store when the order is completed, canceled, refunded, or partially refunded on the Channel.

* **Fulfill orders on your Main Store:** The tool updates order statuses from the Main Store to the Channel throughout the entire order fulfillment process.

{% hint style="info" %}
**If you do not wish to process the orders, simply archive them using `Archive Orders`. The archived orders will then be hidden from LitCommerce, and the tool will stop updating their status.**

**To display archived orders, check the `Show Archived` box and unarchive the orders you want to restore.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/zqCAfAgQiUkx1vKerreN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Carrier Services**</mark>

LitCommerce automatically maps the carrier service if the names match on both the Channel and the Main Store.

If the tracking services differ, perform Carrier Service Mapping in the Channel Settings to connect the services used on your Main Store and Channel. This ensures accurate tracking information sync.

For example, with the mapping below, all orders shipped by "Royal Mail" in the Main Store, the carrier service will be updated as "UK Mail" on the Channel.

<figure><img src="/files/vSBaPXNWUMaRYUQu2KQ8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Orders with Tax**</mark>

Enabling `Custom Tax Rate` allows LitCommerce to automatically separate tax from the price before importing orders to the Main Store. This is useful when an order's total already includes tax, but the tax amount is not specified in the order data obtained from the Channel.

<figure><img src="/files/oUKmlSWt9U4rkeovRvOX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

With `Import Order Without Tax`, LitCommerce will import orders into the main system with the tax removed.

<figure><img src="/files/gjcTH0ojAyc3e02bpF6w" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options#tax-rules) for more details on the Tax Rules.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Navigation


# About the Marketplace Integration dashboard

The LitCommerce Marketplace Integration dashboard offers a unified interface for easily navigating between tabs and guides, and staying up to date on your account status, business performance, and app updates.

You will see the interface when logging in to your LitCommerce account or accessing the Dashboard section from the side menu.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/KaGFIsofbCwVsKEzj7ld" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

It contains the following elements.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Key sections**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Guide for beginners**</mark>

This section for new users includes articles and video tutorials to help you list and sync products on your first connected channel.

Click the arrow to open the section, complete the tasks, and track your progress here.

<figure><img src="/files/sgDJK96qhcVrAQbbwIDX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**To Do**</mark>

This section highlights all pending actions, color-coded by status, to ensure your data is correctly updated.

* Grey - Unlinked listings.
* <mark style="color:blue;">Blue</mark> - New orders that have not been fulfilled.
* <mark style="color:orange;">Orange</mark> - Unlinked orders.
* <mark style="color:red;">Red</mark> - Error orders.

<figure><img src="/files/LjsXjw6vpdgvCpau809x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**What’s New**</mark>

You can find the latest LitCommerce updates - including new features, platform changes, and announcements - in this section. Click the arrow to expand and view more details.

<figure><img src="/files/O0hH8QD4ENgm2NZUGFqG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Your Current Plan**</mark>

This section displays details about your current LitCommerce subscription, including the plan tier, type, price, and next billing date.

<figure><img src="/files/0Kqfmua1YxDWUDkyISKN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Sales Report**</mark>

The report provides a line chart with an overview of your business performance, comparing two different time periods.

Toggle between Total Sales and Orders to view the corresponding data. For more information, click on `View Details`.

<figure><img src="/files/5gk0u2TultZY2fAaX9NH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Total Listings**</mark>

This section shows a horizontal bar chart that reflects the number of listings by channel, categorized by status.

* <mark style="color:blue;">Blue</mark> - Active listings.
* <mark style="color:purple;">Purple</mark> - Draft On Channel listings.
* <mark style="color:yellow;">Yellow</mark> - Draft listings.
* <mark style="color:red;">Red</mark> - Error listings.
* Grey - Unpublished listings.
* **Black** - Deactivated listings.

Hover over each bar to view the detailed numbers.

<figure><img src="/files/ePU2nne0ei1P3dN7kHws" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Recommended Apps**</mark>

You can explore a selection of recommended applications curated to enhance your business performance here.

<figure><img src="/files/61ZewjyC3euLrBCR4Mr9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Others**</mark>

In addition to the dashboard, the sidebar menu contains several tabs to help you manage your LitCommerce account, such as All Products, Channels, Orders, and more.

<figure><img src="/files/9bgyQiQkVa5PMUpXNbjW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You may also want to explore the options below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Manage account options**</mark>

To access these options, click the arrow next to your avatar at the bottom-left of the interface. The list includes Account Settings, Theme, and Chat Box.

<figure><img src="/files/EABLkrcTlqu7Lm3OPozc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can refer to the article [Manage your account](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/account-and-payment/manage-your-account) for more information.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Running process**</mark>

Hover over this button to monitor background processes, such as product imports and listing updates.

<figure><img src="/files/oZ9yrOWe1JPyO8JeaekK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Quick guide**</mark>

Click the `Video` icon to view instructions and learn about the basic features of the LitCommerce Marketplace Integration app.

<figure><img src="/files/6WpdoSUZJdZUKB7oSvDL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Notifications**</mark>

Select the `Bell` icon to stay informed about the latest notifications, including order imports and plan limit alerts.

<figure><img src="/files/OhzM11RYS8CrEQ3tkwQg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Exploring All Products

Let’s explore the All Products section, where all the products from your Main Store are stored in the LitCommerce system, to manage them more efficiently.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to access**</mark>

Navigate to this section by clicking on `All Products` on the sidebar menu. After this, you will be taken to the Product List, where all imported/created products are displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/XhybXkbP39aQ1hcP8KNS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**There will be a one-time automatic import upon connecting your Shopping cart or File Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Product list overview**</mark>

The Product List is categorized into two main tabs:

* **In Stock**: Contains products with available inventory.
* **Out of Stock**: Displays products that currently have no available inventory.

<figure><img src="/files/Tw0hCAktkVC0CwmPAlZz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Below the In Stock and Out of Stock tabs, Products are presented in a table format, offering essential details for streamlined management. They are organized into the following columns.

<table><thead><tr><th width="73">No.</th><th width="148">Column</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1</td><td><strong>Image</strong></td><td>Display the primary image selected in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>Name of the product as it appears in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td><strong>SKU</strong></td><td>Stock Keeping Unit assigned to the product.</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td><strong>Origin</strong></td><td>The platform logo indicates where the product was created/imported from.</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td><strong>Manage Stock</strong></td><td>Indicates whether the seller tracks and controls the inventory levels correctly in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td><strong>In Stock</strong></td><td>Indicates whether the product has a sufficient quantity for sale.</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td><strong>Total Available</strong></td><td>Total available inventory across all Main Store locations.</td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td><strong>Variants</strong></td><td>The number of variants included in the product.</td></tr><tr><td>9</td><td><strong>Price</strong></td><td>The price of the products set in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>10</td><td><strong>Sale Price</strong></td><td>The discounted price of the product set in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>11</td><td><strong>Product Type</strong></td><td>The classification that describes a Product based on its function, purpose, or characteristics.</td></tr><tr><td>12</td><td><strong>Status</strong></td><td>Indicates the Product is Active or Inactive in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>13</td><td><strong>Last Modified</strong></td><td>Date of the most recent update in the Main Store.</td></tr><tr><td>14</td><td><strong>Listed on</strong></td><td>The logo of the Sales channel that has a listing linked to this product. If there are multiple channels in the same Marketplace, they will be underlined with different colors.</td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/YeL7r9lBcZCGWTm0CuBh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**With a Shopping cart or File Main Store, product details cannot be edited directly in the All Products tab. To make changes or add new Products, visit your Main Store.**

**With LitCommerce as the Main Store, you can create, add, and manage product details** **directly in the All Products section.**
{% endhint %}

To view additional details of a product, click on the product title to open its individual product details page.

<div><figure><img src="/files/gsg0lmamYV2pF3Fgezhs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/xiDYSOeUNw4UEi6ZC2yS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Manage Product list**</mark> <a href="#manage-product-list" id="manage-product-list"></a>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Display Options**</mark>

* Manage the displayed Product fields with the `Columns` button:

<figure><img src="/files/eF3QfacYeucnux5yt58F" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Toggle between `Table View` and `Grid View` for a preferred layout.

<figure><img src="/files/c6WjkVPbpwattalsWMoQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Adjust the pagination at the bottom to show up to 100 Products per page.​

<figure><img src="/files/qeVWJxnRdJTRtAYyELeO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Select Action**</mark> <a href="#id-3-select-action" id="id-3-select-action"></a>

This action allows you to list or remove the selected Products from the Product List.

<figure><img src="/files/uIyjKT4d8WgrQ15CZllE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Upgrading to a Paid Plan gives you access to additional options, such as adding all products as drafts to sales channels or updating product data from the Main Store to All Products.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Search and filter Products**</mark> <a href="#search-and-filter-products" id="search-and-filter-products"></a>

The search and filter tools make it easy to locate specific products:

* **Search bar**: Find products by title, SKU, collection, and status.

<figure><img src="/files/mglS6FpBkwvL36lS6wDz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Sort by**: Arrange products in ascending or descending order.

<div><figure><img src="/files/CMlgrLI7lKM0pZYsP0ME" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/OANzKzi5a8bqHIqv9d6z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

* **More Filters**: Apply advanced filters to refine your search based on specific fields.

<div><figure><img src="/files/IpV3wNdJr7wSWVPdoiDx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/mn6EqXWBADBOC4vzzYfD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Syncing/Import Options**</mark> <a href="#id-1-syncingimport-options" id="id-1-syncingimport-options"></a>

Find the **Import from \[Main Store]** button at the top-right of the interface. Use it to manually import Products, with filters available for selecting specific Products.

<figure><img src="/files/PtmbFwEgCzAwSdi6aW7B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, at the top-left of the All Products section, you can find the syncing information from the Main Store to LitCommerce.

* **Last sync**: Shows the most recent time data for a product was synced from the Main Store to the All Products.

* **Auto Import New/Auto Update**: Toggle settings to enable or disable automatic updates from the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/fG9p4gGBAITRTX2wwtZN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**When using Etsy, eBay, TikTok Shop, Reverb, Facebook Shop, or Google Merchant as a sales channel, you will have access to the `Quick/Auto-list to Channel` feature.**&#x20;

**It can be found at the top-right of the interface and helps streamline the process of listing products from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/fHTboiBldn7EvNcKwZgL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

With LitCommerce as the Main Store, find the `Add New Product` button at the top-right of the interface to create products directly in the All Products section. For import, export, or bulk update actions, open the `More Actions` menu.

<figure><img src="/files/ycCrzmeOS35VtohSui8s" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Settings**</mark> <a href="#id-1-settings" id="id-1-settings"></a>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shopping cart as the Main Store**</mark>

Navigate to the Settings section to manage:

* Main Store name, URL, and connection.

* Automatic update configurations for syncing Products to the All Products tab.

* The `Complete Order Without Tracking Info` feature. It is only available for the Shopify Main Store.

* The `Set Unlisted Products as Inactive` feature. It is only available for the Shopify Main Store.

<div><figure><img src="/files/3GkfuP7lXyCcdcRbG9fF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/WpaqGqDEfpW6ljmov7SC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can also view instructions and learn about the basic features using the `Quick Guide` option at the top-left of the All Products page.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/k0eM7ofg3AnRj6wQjpEl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**LitCommerce as the Main Store**</mark>

The Settings section is divided into three main sections:

* **Store Name:** Display the name of your Main Store. You can change this to your preference.

* **Default Setting for listings on All Products:** Set a Weight Unit and a Dimension Unit for all products created directly in the LitCommerce All Products section.

* **Default Setting for Imported Orders:** Set the default Package Weight and Package Dimensions for imported orders in LitCommerce. These values will be used when orders do not include package weight or dimensions information.

<div><figure><img src="/files/bUzE5x4zFmw3uS2ooUbv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/leS7PyuxXY4zzdgahkv9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Managing the Sales Channel

Let’s dive into how to manage your listings in the LitCommerce Sales channel.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to access**</mark>

Click on the desired channel in the sidebar menu from the Marketplace Integration dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/uPdrqudsVgWbyKIxBgXk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Getting started**</mark>

If this is your first time setting up this channel, a step-by-step guide will help you determine your next steps, based on your use case.

Select a scenario below that best describes your situation.

<figure><img src="/files/mLcXloWVaxR3VbfWbYkc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

[Use Case 1: List products from your Main Store to your Sales Channel](https://help.litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-2-list-create-or-link-products-in-litcommerce#use-case-1-list-products-from-your-main-store-to-your-sales-channel)

[Use Case 2: Import products from the Sales Channel to LitCommerce](https://help.litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-2-list-create-or-link-products-in-litcommerce#use-case-2-import-products-from-sales-channel-to-litcommerce)

Once you have completed the steps in the chosen scenario, your listings will appear on the LitCommerce Channel's dashboard and be categorized by status.

{% hint style="info" %}
**The listing statuses may vary by channel.**
{% endhint %}

Here is how your products will look on the LitCommerce TikTok Shop channel.

<figure><img src="/files/gwjQRfSUkzXb2K7k8GL2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sales Channel Overview**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Display Options**</mark>

After completing the first step, you will be directed to the **Single Edit Mode**, where each listing is displayed in a table view for individual editing.

* Toggle between **Table View** and **Grid View** for a preferred layout.

<figure><img src="/files/YxJFHnHiwdaH3ZJXfIpb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Use the **Columns** button to show or hide data fields from the interface for convenient viewing.

<figure><img src="/files/QnfgwxNLGo4cpa3CTa6f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Adjust the pagination **Rows per page** at the bottom to show up to 100 listings per page.

<figure><img src="/files/72XZYf7wtD7HaY556yKy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Use **Multi-Edit Mode** to view, edit, and manage up to 50 listings simultaneously on one screen.

<div><figure><img src="/files/6iDYDy4s1NZkrNWYBAJw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/TrDlaprYbWkAjhruw6CE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Select Action**</mark>

The Action list helps streamline listing management, eliminating the need to switch between LitCommerce and the marketplace platforms.

<figure><img src="/files/zSyxdJ7DLbfXBRiiEd7K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Listings created directly from the marketplace are not automatically imported to the tool. To import them, use the `Import from Channel` button at the top-right of the Channel.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/g4oBFICpIsedXyn9CtkA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Search and filter listings**</mark>

The search and filter tools help you locate specific listings:

* **Search bar:** Find listings by title and SKU.

<figure><img src="/files/OJ5BHBP6ALgxtA3ShW6r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Link status:** Identify unlinked listings that need to be connected to products in the All Products tab. This ensures accurate synchronization of price, quantity, and other product details.

<figure><img src="/files/yxf1TQvYP5JDmfPDXKkU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Sort by:** Arrange listings in ascending or descending order.

<figure><img src="/files/DJzuslrlcRuGS7Guqyke" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **More Filters:** Perform advanced searches based on specific fields.

<div><figure><img src="/files/cZyGXxAmqNXySNWg3apM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/wkXN0RudDAtjUXOwmm7s" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Quick/Auto List to Channel**</mark>

This feature is designed to help you streamline the publishing process without the need to switch between multiple tabs. Refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) for more details.

<figure><img src="/files/PDSCdOWP7XOsRY89ySyz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**More Actions**</mark>

The button consists of the following features, allowing you to make bulk adjustments to your listings:

* **Export Products:** Export your channel listings to an XLSX file with the selected columns for further review and bulk editing.

* **Bulk Update Products:** Import updated sales channel data from an XLSX or CSV file. Make sure the file was exported from the same sales channel before editing and importing it back into LitCommerce.

* **Sync Activity:** Directs you to the Activities section for managing sync processes or triggering manual sync using the `Run Now` button when needed.

* **Listing Templates/Rules:** Open the Templates & Rules section to create and manage templates and template rules.

<div><figure><img src="/files/PL7zLoOoFLuONgBcg5TI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/JSZw67UuOLNd8A3coqEB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Settings**</mark>

Tailor how you want to sync the information from the Main Store to the marketplace in this section. Each channel has its own settings based on the marketplace’s specifications.

Access the `Channel Settings` by clicking the button at the top-right corner of the channel dashboard.

<div><figure><img src="/files/ZOx2r3GlUGCc26sGBorr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/dEHFm76xdk03vHXUuOox" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The settings will be applied to all listings in the Channel. If the** [**Templates & Template Rules**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules) **are used to set specific conditions for specific listings, LitCommerce will prioritize templates over the settings.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# App Features


# Templates & Template Rules

LitCommerce is designed to optimize how you manage products across multiple platforms. The tool offers Templates & Template Rules, which streamline how you create, edit, and sync product data.

This article walks you through these features. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

A template is a set of attributes and settings used to create or update listings on a designated sales channel. Any changes made to the template will automatically update every listing that has it assigned.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**How to create a Template?**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select the `Templates & Rules` section on the sidebar menu to find all the integrated channel tabs. Each tab contains its own set of templates.

<figure><img src="/files/P6IJ2GZv5OM2kdGjorJz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, go to the target LitCommerce channel to click `More Actions` and select `Listing Templates/Rules` to view the templates and template rules.

<figure><img src="/files/lQQ52GTYLR9ununlFESz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `+ Add New` beside the template you want to create, and proceed with the setup.

<figure><img src="/files/p0PuUkQRhDA8GH5Cv6mR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Each template contains a unique set of product attributes, which vary depending on the sales channel. Be sure to complete all required fields, indicated by a red asterisk (\*). <br>

<figure><img src="/files/tiJSa8SnaJE5Qk4SO993" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Each template requires a Template Name, which lets you differentiate it from other templates.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Tgs7K1OqUk2LRPZAueAt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Once the template is completed, click `Save`. <br>

<figure><img src="/files/j5YZfRp7H5BSaNcutB6S" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Set up templates for channels**</mark>

Each channel has its own set of templates due to differences in platform requirements. For more detailed information, check out our marketplace-specific guides:

* [How to create Etsy Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/how-to-create-etsy-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create eBay Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/how-to-create-ebay-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create TikTok Shop Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/how-to-create-tiktok-shop-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Amazon Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-create-amazon-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Walmart Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-create-walmart-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Reverb Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/how-to-create-reverb-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Facebook Shop Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/how-to-create-facebook-shop-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Google Merchant Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-create-google-merchant-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Shopee Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/how-to-create-shopee-templates-and-template-rules)
* [How to create Faire Templates & Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/faire/how-to-create-faire-templates-and-template-rules)

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto-assign templates**</mark>

Enabling the `Choose as default` toggle will automatically assign the template to every new draft listing added to the channel from All Products. Default templates will be marked with a (Default) icon.

<div><figure><img src="/files/LEMpnGZUZ3CAU8lLdJsZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/7hV4v2OUa6nQtveNEIjs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**The first time you save a template after setting it as the default, the `Also apply to Draft and Error listings` option will appear. Check the box to apply the default template to all Draft and Error listings without a template assigned.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/yM8vuFTZSFlmSzsGhudb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Editing a template and save it will apply the changes to all listings using that template. LitCommerce will automatically process the new data and send it to the target platform.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

A template rule is a set of templates for a specific channel. It can include shipping, category, and pricing templates, among others. Assign it to apply all included templates to a listing at once.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**How to create Template Rules?**</mark>

Once your templates are set up, open the Template Rules tab and click `+ Add New` to start creating your template rule.

<figure><img src="/files/CiCZuZCCkYKsNCOX9C7B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A template rule consists of three main sections:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**1- Select templates to use in this rule**</mark>

Select the templates you would like to include in the template rule. Adding all template types is optional.

<figure><img src="/files/na9DyblXgSEFow9RHGNN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click `View` to see template details.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/vqmPpCPFYcJo4Sd2ORgi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**2- Set conditions to auto-apply this rule (optional)**</mark>

Create different conditions so LitCommerce can automatically apply your template rule to new listings added to the channel. Refer [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#auto-apply-template-rules) for more details on the process.

<figure><img src="/files/rbZc4Ud1teOvvDzFthzb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**3- Name your rule**</mark>

Each template rule requires a Rule Name, which lets you differentiate it from other template rules. Enter any name of your choice in this field.

<figure><img src="/files/QBkpFTYrZkPQ1vD8QQzp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After all the necessary information is provided, click `Save` to save the template rule configuration.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Save & Apply` button to assign the template rule to all existing eligible Draft and Error listings on the channel.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/X5rWbkGrT6Vnq12R83Zv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Template rules containing conditions will be marked with a (Auto-Apply) icon.

<figure><img src="/files/vShlDEtjgrLtETLjles9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto-apply template rules**</mark>

You can automatically assign template rules by configuring conditions in the “Set conditions to auto-apply this rule” section of each template rule. They apply to new listings added to the channel from All Products.

These conditions determine the criteria a listing must meet for the template rule to be applied. You can customize them based on the target sales channel and intended use.

{% hint style="info" %}
**There is no limit to the number of conditions that can be added per template rule.**
{% endhint %}

Click on the `+Add Condition` button to start creating a new rule. The structure of a condition includes:

* Logical relationship between conditions: And/Or.
* Product fields.
* Comparison condition.
* Condition matching: Any/All.
* Condition value.

<figure><img src="/files/9XbC1UPCKwBtL35LmqWp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Let’s go through each condition component below.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Logical relationship between conditions: And/Or**</mark>

**And/Or** is applied when choosing two or more conditions:

* **And:** The condition will take effect if the product meets all criteria.
* **Or:** The condition will take effect if the product meets any criterion.

<figure><img src="/files/DybUpcnMvh8B5dg6CQLi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product fields**</mark>

When clicking on the second column, the system will display a product attributes list (including Main Store fields and metafields) used to evaluate conditions.

<figure><img src="/files/lRgJRRFrz4iCucWaucBo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Product attributes vary depending on your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Comparison conditions**</mark>

Choose the suitable condition based on the selected product field. Some of the conditions include:

<table><thead><tr><th width="196.66668701171875">Condition</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Equals to</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value matches the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Not equal to</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value is different from the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contains</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value includes the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Does not contain</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value does not include the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Starts with</strong></td><td>Check whether the selected product field value starts with the condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ends with</strong></td><td>Check whether the selected product field value ends with the condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Less than</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value is lower than the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Less than or equal</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value is lower than or the same as the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Greater than</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value is higher than the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Greater than or equal</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field value is higher than or the same as the specified condition value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Is available</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field contains a value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Is not available</strong></td><td>Checks whether the selected product field does not contain a value.</td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/5dWJfZWx2vZ6bQd3hrww" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Condition types vary by field. The system only shows condition options that are compatible with the field’s data type.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Condition matching: Any/All**</mark>

Several conditions come with their own set of specifications: **Any/All**. These specifications determine how the condition values are evaluated for the condition to apply:

* **Any:** The condition will take effect if the product data meets any value entered.
* **All:** The condition will take effect if the product data meets all the values entered.

<figure><img src="/files/k53yl95UAHMtuHbFhWrq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Condition value**</mark>

Enter or select suitable values in this box to complete the condition logic. LitCommerce will use these values to check your product data against.

<figure><img src="/files/kSAjwKpWHyTkVRmgpoMJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to manage Templates and Template Rules?**</mark>

You can find the additional management actions next to each existing template or template rule.

<figure><img src="/files/wHcOHFj5bF6raRXqKPU2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Edit:** Use this button to open the template details page for editing.

* **Copy/Duplicate:** Use this button to duplicate the selected template. It creates a new template that contains all the same data as the original.

* **Delete:** Use this button to clear all data and remove the selected template from the LitCommerce channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**For  eBay, you can use `Clone to another eBay channel` to copy templates between eBay channels of the same LitCommerce store.**

**However, Business Policy Templates and Store Categories within Category Templates cannot be cloned because they are unique to each eBay account.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/pFI4zMuBOmEyxevT5q3R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/4A7s79sV7sHnpJCKAufc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**A search bar will appear once you have 10 or more templates/template rules, allowing you to quickly locate the ones you need.**

**You can also sort the templates/template rules alphabetically or by creation date.**&#x20;
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/KnZpNVjdNFOO3F72WqmS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/qVWbP2H6NndgWxQuEbmX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Additionally, template rules include a **Run Now** action that applies the template rule to all eligible Draft and Error listings on the channel.

<figure><img src="/files/zpOPpEl05qnv7Gymf0BJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to manually apply Templates and Template Rules?**</mark>

Once the templates and template rules are ready, you can follow these steps to manually assign them to your listings.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the target LitCommerce channel from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/VKpI0c0k4GwZZFO0kFMj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click on `Apply Template/Rules` and choose the suitable templates and template rules for the selected listings.

<figure><img src="/files/ewYQWY1422kWwqZu18qq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

The channel page in LitCommerce will show which templates have been assigned to each listing.

<figure><img src="/files/hT4mntuoLkSHUoIoJ1IC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Title & Description Template

LitCommerce allows you to streamline listing management with bulk edit templates, minimizing manual tasks and ensuring consistent updates across selected listings.

This article walks you through the Title & Description Template and how to use it.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is a Title & Description Template?**</mark>

Title and description are essential elements of a listing. They define the item, convey its value to buyers, and help platforms categorize and display it accurately.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This information must adhere to the platforms’ listing policies.**
{% endhint %}

In LitCommerce, besides editing listings individually, you can use the Title & Description Template to update and customize this data for several listings at once, tailoring the content specifically for your target platform.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How does a Title & Description Template work in LitCommerce?**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Defaults**</mark>

The LitCommerce Title & Description Template consists of two main sections: Title and Description. Each section starts with a default placeholder: {{name}} and {{description}}.

They retrieve the exact title and description data from your Main Store to populate the corresponding fields in your channel listings.

<figure><img src="/files/Yitn42nFVLwI5Ww3QmfP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Customization**</mark>

In addition to the default setup, you can use other attributes, such as Main Store fields and metafields, to add more information to your product title and description. Find them in the `Select Attribute` list.

<figure><img src="/files/ZboH3t2fwYp6EGAYIh6v" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If a Main Store custom attribute (or metafield) has the same name as a default field, LitCommerce automatically adds {{c.}} to distinguish the custom one.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/vkgww6xADV3T77TAnStx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Title & Description Template to imported channel listings may overwrite both the title and description with Main Store data.**&#x20;

**To retain the original values from the sales channel, use {{channel.name}} for the title and {{channel.description}} for the description. They must be used independently, without any plain text.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/K914zELeJdNjfNFoHY8l" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Editors**</mark>

To give you more control over your product description, LitCommerce provides two toggleable editing modes: **Rich Text Editor** and **HTML Editor**.

<figure><img src="/files/lAjRu6wagRstYuLIelhi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Rich Text Editor**</mark>

This mode allows you to create and format content visually, without needing to write HTML or CSS. It works like a simplified word processor built into the web interface.

The LitCommerce Rich Text Editor features a toolbar with formatting icons. Clicking an icon automatically applies the appropriate formatting to your content. You can also insert external media, such as images or videos, using the available options.

<figure><img src="/files/13WbEY918KxmHkhfVTEM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**HTML Editor**</mark>

Use this editor to work directly with HTML tags when creating structured product descriptions. It offers three view modes: Source Code, Code Preview, and Full Preview, to make editing and managing your content easier.

<figure><img src="/files/spZ32WWa9KCzE2w12hW5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Below is a comparison of the two editing modes to help you decide which one works best for you.

| Rich Text Editor                                                                                          | HTML Editor                                                                                 |
| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| A quick and easy way to format simple product descriptions.                                               | Need advanced control over product description layout and design.                           |
| Work with a text input tool to create and format content visually, without writing code like HTML or CSS. | Work with custom description templates.                                                     |
| Limited to predefined formatting options                                                                  | Fully customizable using HTML tags and inline CSS                                           |
| Ideal for non-technical users creating simple product descriptions.                                       | Ideal for advanced users or those requiring more sophisticated product description layouts. |

{% hint style="warning" %}
**The Rich Text Editor only supports a limited set of HTML codes. Switching from the HTML Editor to the Rich Text Editor may remove unsupported codes.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**In LitCommerce, HTML tags are not supported in listing descriptions for the following marketplaces: Etsy, Amazon, Shopee (non-whitelisted sellers), Facebook Shop, Google Merchant, and Temu.**
{% endhint %}

Additionally, refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules) for more details on setting up and applying the Title & Description Template to your listings.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Quick/Auto list to Channel

In addition to the standard process that involves switching between multiple tabs, LitCommerce offers the **Quick/Auto list to Channel** feature, allowing you to streamline product listing from a single page.

Find this button on the LitCommerce All Products section or the LitCommerce Sales Channels.

<div><figure><img src="/files/f5pIMtXS5Oy4FsZzqczL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/VBDehayzyMCUHN0MJ1s6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Alternatively, access the Automated Listings section from the sidebar menu to use the feature.

<figure><img src="/files/s2r5YFlWSe2zC5hAgo7A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is available for the Etsy, eBay, TikTok Shop, Reverb, Facebook Shop, and Google Merchant channels.**
{% endhint %}

It consists of three steps:

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Select Products**</mark>

There are two ways to determine which products you will publish to the Channel.

1. **Select All Products from your Main Store**

Use this option to add all products from the All Products section to the selected Channel.

<figure><img src="/files/HC1RM2xc9QTZkfzWor46" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Select Products from your Main Store that match specific conditions**

Filter and list selected Main Store products by applying one or more conditions below.

* Product Category/Type/Collection.
* Product Brand/Vendor.
* Product Tags.
* Product Status.
* Stock Status.

<figure><img src="/files/ksdZStjBFrW5FAr8EOF0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Conditions may vary depending on your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can check the `Include draft products` box to add existing draft listings from the LitCommerce Channel to Quick/Auto list.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/8SfBRxRs4njlEvsGHfsL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Only in stock products are included in the Quick/Auto list. Use the Minimum Quantity feature in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options#inventory-rules) **to also process the out of stock items.**
{% endhint %}

Then, click `Next` to continue with the next step.

<figure><img src="/files/1HR4LaeNk0oOsNAzqBtc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Channel Listing Setup**</mark>

This step displays the available Templates for applying to your listings. Types of templates vary depending on the Channels. You can either:

* **Add New Template:** Create a completely new template for the selected listings. All required fields that are marked with a red asterisk (\*) must be filled in.

* **Select a Template:** Select a template from the available ones on your Channel.

<figure><img src="/files/tE0q3EIHl4AruKwVOUrh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Certain templates are required (e.g. Category Template, Shipping Template), while others (e.g. Pricing Template, Title & Description Template) are optional.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/XMCebN26nxSN2SxpvKGo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Apply the Pricing Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules)**.**
{% endhint %}

When all necessary information is provided, click `Next` to proceed.

<figure><img src="/files/hblHMUyrE2R2AD4JXns4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Save and Schedule (Optional)**</mark>

This step lets you save the setup from previous steps for future use and schedule automatic publishing.

Enable the `Save this setup for future use` toggle to proceed.

<figure><img src="/files/kXIcYMTgLHQ6oynsV7yQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Use the Schedule Name field to give the setup any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from the others.

<figure><img src="/files/Haxb3rgmOtXvrhbz4MoF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can then set a schedule by turning on `Activate automatic publishing` and selecting the most suitable option for each field.

* **Update Frequency:** Specify whether automatic publishing will run daily or weekly.

* **Time Zone:** Specify a timezone.

* **Scheduled Time:** Specify the time automatic publishing will be triggered.

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce will display the “Next scheduled update” time for double-checking the selected schedule.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Enable `Email me a summary if new products are detected and submitted` if you want to recieve a notification with a summary of new products detected and submitted by LitCommerce during the auto-publish process run.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/lVVWdUOnVQx1quSirOok" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After that, click `Next` to continue.

<figure><img src="/files/1XWrQeoAP963G1mfkzpj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 4: Publish to Channel**</mark>

This step provides a summary of the total listings being published to the Channel and the templates selected for them.

<figure><img src="/files/IK8x3FSZ2ULHvY4T8Qr7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**For the Etsy and Reverb channels, select the publishing status before listing the items.**&#x20;

**When publishing on Etsy, check the box to confirm you are aware of Etsy’s selling fee.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/aO4kqDcOjJ4GT8ppzrf7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After completing all the steps, click `Publish To Channel` to trigger the listing process.

<figure><img src="/files/7J1iNXCWea5xRRgLlIUw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can keep track of the publishing process by checking the indicator next to the channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cxKz1QgpHNpgZsTEKc7h" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If** [**Step 3**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel#step-3-save-and-schedule-optional) **is enabled, this action will save your automatic listing setup for later application. Find it in the Automated Listings section on the sidebar menu.**

**The number of schedules you can create equal to three times the channel limit of your subscription plan.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/myHtycblRXQEgfDAHsFj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The following columns will be displayed:

* **Channel:** Shows the channel that the schedule was created for.

* **Name:** Shows the schedule name.

* **Schedule Run:** Shows whether the schedule is set for automatic publishing.

* **Action:** Shows the button `Run Now` for manually triggering an automatic publishing based on the schedule setup.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on `Schedule Log` to view the latest run.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/5NtsxRhny2dAqWA0XaYS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/5MAdGgjtCkL9w49F0jno" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You will be notified if there are listings that failed to publish. The button `View On Channel Listing` will direct you to the error listings to make the necessary adjustments.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RvN0fMVSW6JAtbfBGCsb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Bundle products in LitCommerce

This article introduces bundle products and how LitCommerce handles them.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is a bundle product?**</mark>

A bundle product combines multiple items into one purchasable product, usually available at a discounted or promotional price. For example, a tableware bundle can contain four plates and three mugs.

Bundle products help improve conversion rates, simplify purchasing, streamline inventory management and overall optimize sales performance.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Handling bundle products in LitCommerce**</mark>

LitCommerce only supports bundle products created via Shopify Bundles. Refer to [this article](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/shopify-bundles) for more details about the app.

<figure><img src="/files/EMPJghC98SVH0xBcksIG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

During the bundle product creation process, note the following limitations of the Shopify Bundles app:

Component limits:

* Fixed bundles: Up to 30 components.
* Dynamic bundles: Up to 150 components.
* Up to 2000 units per component.

Options and variants:

* Maximum of 3 options and 100 variants total per bundle.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product processing**</mark>

Once the bundle products are created, LitCommerce can import them to the All Products tab and mark them with a `Bundle` tag.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Bundles that contain all simple products will be imported to LitCommerce under the simple format, while the ones that include at least one variant product will be imported as variants.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/GlfmJMpC9sBLLmtHNjnA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you would like to link these bundle products to the corresponding channel listings, ensure that they have the appropriate product format and the listings are not already linked to other Main Store products.

In addition, you can list bundle products from the All Products tab to the channels using LitCommerce.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Most channels limit variant attribute names to 30–50 characters.**

\
**If your bundle product contains variants, you may want to make sure that their Option Names stay within these limits, as they will be used as variant attribute names during publishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/l1WALnGjCEBePCw5zmjx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Inventory and order processing**</mark>

LitCommerce can sync the correct bundle products’ inventory from Shopify to the tool.

When an order is placed on a sales channel and LitCommerce detects that the linked Main Store product is a bundle, the order will:

* Be imported into the LitCommerce Orders section and processed as part of the normal workflow.

* Be imported into the Shopify Main Store as an unlinked order (products will not be displayed in the order details).

* Have its inventory deducted directly from the original products in Shopify based on the quantity configuration set in Shopify Bundles.

* Not have its order status updated when changes are made to the corresponding order on the sales channel.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Explore Multi Edit Mode

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is Multi Edit Mode?**</mark>

Multi Edit Mode is a spreadsheet-style interface designed to let you view, edit, and manage up to 50 listings simultaneously on one screen. This feature provides an advanced, efficient alternative for quickly editing your listings.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to access**</mark>

To begin, follow the step-by-step instructions below:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Access to your sales channel.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the `Multi Edit Mode` button.

<figure><img src="/files/xAUL1NcWPaAQ6w8IE7HF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Display Options**</mark>

#### Row per page

The spreadsheet displays 25 listings by default, but you can easily switch to view and edit 50 at once.

<figure><img src="/files/zCUQQw7SR8xKIyCj36iz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Full Screen**</mark>

This mode offers a full-screen display that hides the sidebar menu as well as other warnings or messages from the application. Tap the arrow at the top-left of the interface to open or collapse the sidebar menu when needed.

<figure><img src="/files/CxLo4KTdyOcFXD9tLSdq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Columns**</mark>

This mode displays detailed information about the listings, especially required fields from the marketplace in the columns.

Tap on the `Columns` button to manage which one to be displayed.

<div><figure><img src="/files/iQ3QP31IHnJrqofDXiPR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/ba2MhdtPVcW5GinYVMJ0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing status**</mark>

Each tab on top of the table represents the listing status (which may vary depending on the marketplace).

<figure><img src="/files/7SeBCfkkXfjYg8j1BfKp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**View the listing details page**</mark>

To view/edit a single listing, click on the image of it.

<figure><img src="/files/VSTLKtJOtvlEKudEinwN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/LO5n0BYhH4rRmMYXgH7M" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Return to the Single Edit Mode**</mark>

Clicking the `Single Edit Mode` button exits the Multi Edit Mode and returns you to the Table view.

<figure><img src="/files/RKVSDbAnO2c3PrNJmis0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to use**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Edit single fields**</mark>

With unique fields such as Product title, Description, SKU, and some product identifiers, click on each cell of the corresponding field to edit.

<figure><img src="/files/Kuk68gfyAgrK7SLpQlcM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**For the Description field, click the `Edit` button below the Description cell.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cSY1JPaCpcRBbFKK5LNS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Upon clicking `Edit`, a description box will pop up on the screen. Depending on the marketplace channel, this box supports HTML styling. Click `OK` after finishing, or `Cancel` if you want to start over.

<figure><img src="/files/Q48gYWWNRofuhSW3sNba" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Some marketplaces (such as Etsy) do not allow HTML tags. A small heads-up message will be displayed below the description box.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Edit multiple fields**</mark>

For other fields, select 2 or more rows to edit at once such as Price or Quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/PL7a3uh0b70S1VCWshd7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The Multi Edit mode only edits the simple and the parent listings. The variants will not be affected.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Apply Template**</mark>

Simply click on `Please Select`, and then choose the desired template under the Template column.

<figure><img src="/files/6B5fY3vr1TEdEZaCxFW9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Save changes**</mark>

After completing your edits, make sure to click the `Save` button to apply the changes to the Sales Channel in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/ooS7i6XsL3CEGmpPh5bj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Changes are only saved on LitCommerce. They have not been published in the marketplace yet. To update them, choose `Publish/Update to [Marketplace]` in the Action list.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Select action**</mark>

All action options available in Single Edit Mode are also accessible in Multi Edit Mode.

<figure><img src="/files/UBCQ57kmEH5jOu9dcooO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Multi Edit mode is only available for paid plans in LitCommerce. Upgrade your plan to access this feature.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Sales Report

The Sales Reports provide a centralized overview of your business performance based on the order data synced through LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Overview**</mark>

Upon accessing the Sales Reports section from the sidebar menu, you will find the following key information.

* **Total Data Over Time.**
* **Total Sales by Product.**
* **Total Sales by Channel.**

<figure><img src="/files/YMedZo7BILzpLdG7jhL1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The Sales Report is updated when new orders (including the unlinked ones) are imported into LitCommerce. It also takes into account archived orders.**
{% endhint %}

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Total Data Over Time**</mark>

This section offers a consolidated view of the synchronized sales data in LitCommerce through an interactive line chart. It displays a comparison of total sales data over the selected date ranges and filters.

The data that can be viewed in this section includes:

* **Total Sales:** The total revenue made from the synced orders.
* **Orders:** The total number of orders synced through LitCommerce.
* **Products Sold:** The total number of products sold within the synced orders.

<figure><img src="/files/nc1sSVaVtdquA71IHjvd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click each option to view the corresponding information. The line chart will display the data, which includes the following components:

* A solid blue line represents total data during the selected date range.
* A dashed blue line represents total data from the selected comparison period.
* A horizontal x-axis showing the time period.
* A vertical y-axis showing the total data value.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `View` filter to adjust the line chart’s display by day, week, or month. Also, click on the lines at the bottom of the chart to toggle their visibility.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RTCrhEIe59pGEU4uPscv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, you can view your overall data for Orders, Products Sold, and Total Sales in the Sales Statistics table. This table is located in the Total Data Over Time section and is displayed based on your selected `View` filter.

<figure><img src="/files/ZwezBYWG4dv6btbdyUPK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You also have the option to export the data table to a CSV file for further analysis and management.

<figure><img src="/files/sVuRlTj3vB40EwSuXACN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Afterward, you can return to the previous interface to view other sections.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Total Sales by Product**</mark>

This section contains a bar graph that illustrates revenue from products sold on platforms synced through LitCommerce, along with a comparison to the selected period.

<figure><img src="/files/bwCcR5NhcOUUAC6qtXfb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Total Sales by Channel**</mark>

This section shows a pie chart with sales data from all channels for comparison. Each color represents a Channel.

Hover over each segment to view the corresponding value.

<figure><img src="/files/PDO8FBuGFcNZsIUEy6uy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Filters**</mark>

In addition to the key sections, you can use the filters at the top of the interface to customize the Sales Reports display for specific insights. These changes apply to all three sections above.

<figure><img src="/files/2SiqJRmQqFn7X3t7raju" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The available filters are:

<table><thead><tr><th width="192">Filter</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Date range</strong></td><td>Use the calendar to select a custom date range or choose from preset options. LitCommerce will then generate a sales report accordingly.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Compare to</strong></td><td>Choose a different date range to compare with the currently selected period.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Display in</strong></td><td>Choose from multiple currency options (USD, CAD, EUR, GBP, JPY, MXN) to show data values with the corresponding currency</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Filtered by Channel</strong></td><td>Select the channel from which the order data will be displayed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Filtered by Status</strong></td><td>Select the order status from which the order data will be displayed.</td></tr></tbody></table>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Supported Platforms


# LitCommerce (Native)


# LitCommerce as the Main Store

In addition to connecting a shopping cart as the Main Store, you can use LitCommerce as the source of truth for creating products and managing their information (inventory, price, etc.).

This article guides you in understanding and optimizing LitCommerce as the Main Store.

More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to connect LitCommerce as the Main Store?**</mark>

After connecting your Marketplace store as the first sales channel, click on `Skip - I Don’t Have Any Of These` to connect LitCommerce (Native) as your Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/CSDGkFr2uTeWiYbt6hZO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You will then find the `Your catalog is empty` page on the LitCommerce All Products section interface to start creating or importing products for integration.

<figure><img src="/files/3bxEWOZJdvPPfufXP3DB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Data processing with LitCommerce as the Main Store**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Processing**</mark>

LitCommerce as the Main Store allows you to: <br>

* Create products directly in LitCommerce All Products.
* Import products from a file to LitCommerce All Products.
* Publish products from LitCommerce All Products to the sales channels.
* Import listings from the sales channels and create them on LitCommerce All Products.

Refer below for more information.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Create products directly in LitCommerce All Products**</mark>

Creating a new product in the LitCommerce All Products section by taking the following steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Access the LitCommerce All Products section and click the `Add New Products` button.

<figure><img src="/files/QINpZgjhTHrHANJBbu5t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter the required information that is marked with a red asterisk (\*). Optional fields can also be added.

<figure><img src="/files/rcXe3VOJyEoAoGJqY6FR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **Images uploaded during product creation are saved to the Image Library for future use. You can access the library anytime to add, delete, or manage images.**

* **Custom Attributes and Product Categories must be created in their corresponding section on the sidebar menu before being selected in the product details page.**
  {% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/DGcCeCmcLMCW0TDgf2ns" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/DScw758SotamocUBf28N" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Add Product` to create a new product.

<figure><img src="/files/9cKxP6qw1DmtGGiaL6ly" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Products created directly in the tool will have a LitCommerce origin.

<figure><img src="/files/cZomIDsamh4oABvMUiit" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the `Generate Listings` button under Images to let LitCommerce create a product for you with AI based on your provided details (at least one image required). The tool will generate data for the following fields:**

* **Product Name.**
* **Description.**
* **Category.**
* **Condition.**
* **Brand (if available).**
* **Tags.**
* **Options (if available).**
* **Custom Attributes.**

**Each generation costs 5 credits. For each LitCommerce Main Store, you will initially receive 100 free credits. The number of credits can be topped up anytime in the Subscription Plan section under Your Plan Usage.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/qc0epOATnO3XdMY5t7W8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You also have the option to create new products by duplicating and editing the existing ones using the `Duplicate` button in the product details page.

<figure><img src="/files/gI0GVyRLjW08YbKbrrcQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Import products from a file to LitCommerce All Products**</mark>

If you already have existing product data stored in XLSX, CSV files, or Google Sheets and want to import it to LitCommerce, simply proceed as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Click `Import Products From File`.

<figure><img src="/files/6aTr14I7jZR2LnMwvAv1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the suitable Import Type from the available options.

<figure><img src="/files/1BZgV67206yQ7GQ3vTqR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Upload your file (File Upload: XLSX or CSV) or input the File URL (Google Sheets).

<div><figure><img src="/files/NVDvUxoEIYXRbad6zYww" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/OdYBgfPeGpP9wYa8t0kr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the `Import Products` button to start the import process.

<figure><img src="/files/yTUQLrrJ0eozU2L6W0SS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce will automatically map the LitCommerce fields to the corresponding file’s product fields.**

**If no matching fields are detected, you will need to manually map them before moving to the next steps. Required fields (marked with a red asterisk) must be mapped.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/Ua39jlvnV1O4MQnsH4Ue" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/KrqI4GgmrfPwI9U60Zuf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **The Product ID field is the unique identifier used to distinguish your products in LitCommerce and match any existing ones with the corresponding products in your file. If multiple products share the same Product IDs, they will be considered as one item.**

* **The Parent SKU field is for grouping the variations under the correct parents. Skip this field if your products have a simple format.**

* **The Images field helps retrieve your product images into our system. Each image URL must be placed in a separate column of your file. This allows LitCommerce to import multiple images for your products.**
  {% endhint %}

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Start Import` to initiate the process.

<figure><img src="/files/mEnAWwl057kR5pRp1SQs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

LitCommerce will then display the imported products in the All Products section.

<figure><img src="/files/oP0GUau7jrvZU0ihlIU1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Publish products from LitCommerce All Products to the sales channels**</mark>

The publishing process for products with LitCommerce as the Main Store is the same as that of other Main Stores LitCommerce offers. Check [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-2-list-create-or-link-products-in-litcommerce#use-case-1-list-products-from-your-main-store-to-your-sales-channel) for further details.

This Main Store also supports the [Quick/Auto list to Channel](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) feature to help streamline publishing your items.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Import listings from the sales channels and create them on LitCommerce All Products**</mark>

When LitCommerce is used as the Main Store, you can import channel listings into the tool and create them on LitCommerce All Products using the same process as with other Main Stores. [This article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-2-list-create-or-link-products-in-litcommerce#use-case-2-import-products-from-sales-channel-to-litcommerce) will provide you with more information on these processes.

Additionally, the import process of this Main Store also includes other options:

* Specify prioritized identifiers during the auto-link process.

* Automatically create newly imported listings on LitCommerce All Products using `Auto-create new products in LitCommerce` if they are not linked with any existing products.

<figure><img src="/files/QwyEPthOLlabzpzZZ0BN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Price Processing**</mark>

Price processing with LitCommerce as the Main Store follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Inventory Processing**</mark>

Inventory processing with LitCommerce as the Main Store follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order Processing**</mark>

Note the following about order processing with LitCommerce as the Main Store:

* Orders from sales channels only import to the LitCommerce Orders section.

* LitCommerce can automatically deduct the inventory in the LitCommerce All Products based on the corresponding order data.

* Unlinked orders will not have their inventory deducted accordingly in the LitCommerce All Products.

* LitCommerce does not sync tracking information and order status when orders are fulfilled on the sales channels.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Data management in LitCommerce as the Main Store**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Settings**</mark>

Access the `Store Settings` section by clicking the corresponding button at the top right of the LitCommerce All Products dashboard. It includes:

* **Store Name:** This field displays your Main Store name in LitCommerce. You can update it anytime to distinguish it from other connected Main Stores.

* **Default Setting for listings on All Products:** This setting sets the default Weight Unit and Dimension Unit for products in LitCommerce All Products when these data are unavailable.

* **Default Setting for Imported Orders:** This setting defines the default Package Weight and Package Dimensions value and unit for imported orders when the original order data does not include this information.

<div><figure><img src="/files/B4riUNcpqRShqrlmkbXP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/Num26Xar0toJLKORBiFm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**More Actions**</mark>

The button consists of the following features, allowing you to import and make bulk adjustments to your product.

* **Import Products:** Import your existing product data from XLSX, CSV files, or Google Sheets into the LitCommerce All Products section for management.

* **Export Products:** Export your products in LitCommerce All Products to an XLSX file with the selected columns for further review and bulk editing.

* **Bulk Update Products:** Import updated product data into LitCommerce All Products using an XLSX or CSV file. The file must be exported from LitCommerce All Products before being edited and imported back.

* **Import Products from Channel:** Import listings from selected sales channels and create them in LitCommerce All Products.

<div><figure><img src="/files/tcy36p8FQLBWWiOrR0Cq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/JgpZTB0t42zeKYk87bl6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# LitCommerce as the Main Store: Fulfillment Service

Order fulfillment is a crucial part of order processing, covering everything from receiving and preparing an order to shipping and completion. This step directly impacts customers’ experience after checkout.

Fulfillment services help simplify this process and ensure orders are handled more efficiently.

This article walks you through connecting fulfillment services for order fulfillment when using LitCommerce as your Main Store.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to connect your fulfillment service to LitCommerce?**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce currently exclusively supports ShipStation. For more details on the service and to set up a ShipStation account, refer** [**HERE**](https://www.shipstation.com/)**.**
{% endhint %}

Follow the steps below to proceed with the fulfillment service connection process.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Access `Fulfillment Service` under the Orders section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/Om47jIWqLnZYZAL2t41f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Add Service` to choose the fulfillment service you want to connect.

<figure><img src="/files/NJ0CeiYnU3KxDy6QpOjn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Connect` under your preferred fulfillment service.

<figure><img src="/files/mLPvXCsFSPylsHGsCkBC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Configure your custom store information on your fulfillment service.

Upon clicking `Connect`, LitCommerce will generate the following details:

* **URL to Custom XML Page:** Your LitCommerce store's unique URL, used by the fulfillment service to fetch order data from LitCommerce.

* **Username:** A username used for authentication with your fulfillment service.

* &#x20;**Password:** A password used for authentication with your fulfillment service.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can Copy, Edit, or Hide/Unhide these field values as you prefer. Make sure to click `Save` after editing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/PjeO3MO8gRbSlg2oCqN7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Use this information to add a Custom Store in your fulfillment service and complete the connection as per the guidance on the tool’s interface.

<div><figure><img src="/files/LZDhYSfJqPwW2qe25v1D" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/CasYRU4nPpyXSZt3aNr8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How are orders processed between LitCommerce and your fulfillment service?**</mark>

In short, LitCommerce acts as a bridge between your sales channels and fulfillment services. It automatically pulls your channel orders, forwards them to the connected fulfillment service, and syncs the resulting tracking data back to your original channel platform after fulfillment.

Enable `Inventory Sync` and `Auto Import Order to Connected Fulfillment Service` in [Channel Settings](https://help.litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options#how-to-enable-inventory-sync) to import sales channel orders into LitCommerce and send them to your fulfillment service.

<div><figure><img src="/files/Ok1WXIGNueFqSPU9yvvu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/sdjlEzIWoUTZx9gqFyjk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Required information (marked with the red asterisk) must be available to ensure a smooth process.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order processing in LitCommerce**</mark>

Once orders are imported to LitCommerce, you can open each order in the Orders section to view its details.

<figure><img src="/files/4mAAB75rYmx1pBeCOddT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

It consists of the following tabs:

<details>

<summary><strong>Order</strong></summary>

This tab contains key order details, including channel, fulfillment status, Order ID, order date, shipping address, product details, and associated price and fee data.

<figure><img src="/files/8bwCY8J8me8qUWFZI1Ju" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Fulfillment Info</strong></summary>

This tab displays required buyer and package information (marked by the red asterisk) that LitCommerce uses to send orders to your fulfillment service and for your fulfillment service to purchase Shipping Labels.

<figure><img src="/files/5nv1rBQOFMtYkOSgxBT5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **For Package Weight, LitCommerce uses the total weight of all order items with available weight data. If no item weight is available, the tool uses the default value from All Products Settings. If no default value is set, the field remains empty.**

* **For Package Dimensions, LitCommerce uses the largest available value for each dimension across all order items. If a dimension has no item data, LitCommerce uses the default value from All Products Settings. If no default value is set, that dimension remains empty.**
  {% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/wtpBDHeCM4XhCq2WFUrp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/aiObzheMeA9yDUOk1s6I" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Missing required data will prevent orders from being imported to your fulfillment service. Update the required fields, then click `Save and Send Order to Fulfillment Service` to re-import them.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/lP3vGUIMy1d0I6RfsY0e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Tracking</strong></summary>

This tab shows tracking information synced from your fulfillment service or manually added in LitCommerce. You can find the following information:

* Carrier.
* Shipped Date.
* Status.
* Items.
* Tracking Number.

<figure><img src="/files/6E4EftSPcqq83bhQ8HQ4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Order processing after importing to your fulfillment service**</mark>

Orders successfully imported to ShipStation will display a `Sent to ShipStation` tag in the LitCommerce order details page.

<figure><img src="/files/2Z9q3nlsMrJbPFc3sU9w" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you purchase the shipping label and fulfill the order in ShipStation, tracking information will automatically sync to LitCommerce and the corresponding sales channel.

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you would like to handle tracking details manually, open the Tracking tab and click `Add Shipment Detail` to start adding and adjusting information. Required fields (marked by the red asterisk) are obligated to be completed.**

**After that, click `Save Tracking` to save the entered details and click `Send Tracking To Channel` to sync the tracking information accordingly.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/sCLR0lbGiJd1AWgOcmFA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/jdxAF6aLYx0iUmuKzoDY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Tracking information that has successfully synced to the sales channel can no longer be edited in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Shopify


# How to connect Shopify as the Main Store

This article outlines the instructions for connecting Shopify as your Main Store to your LitCommerce account.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Select Shopify as the Main Store**</mark>

If you don’t have a LitCommerce account, sign up [HERE](https://app.litcommerce.com/register). After that, you can select either of the following methods to complete this step.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 1: Via LitCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Locate and click on `Shopify`.

<figure><img src="/files/iUf5zY7lACx6u9tEOVLC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Tap on `Connect Your Account` and you will be redirected to the LitCommerce app on the [Shopify App Store](https://apps.shopify.com/).

<figure><img src="/files/C3S5L0c31viyZAGNvfL0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If you are already logged in to your Shopify store on the current web browser, it will be automatically connected as a Main Store in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 2: Via Shopify App Store**</mark>

Go to the [Shopify App Store](https://apps.shopify.com/) and search for “LitCommerce” (or visit [this link](https://apps.shopify.com/search?q=litcommerce\&st_source=autocomplete\&surface_detail=autocomplete_searches)).

<figure><img src="/files/daqCDJHTPQuovtEy3VnF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Registration on LitCommerce is not necessary. The system will automatically create a LitCommerce account using Shopify's owner's email address and set Shopify as the Main Store.**&#x20;

**Furthermore, an email with a random password will be sent for future login sessions.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Install the LitCommerce application on Shopify**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
In the LitCommerce app on the Shopify App Store, click on `Install`.

<figure><img src="/files/UIU4ezjf6h92T6eZ2LLb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Log in to your Shopify account if prompted, then select the store you want to connect as the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/5iM41TwQ0me0pKFpbGNJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

After installing the app, you will be redirected back to LitCommerce and your Shopify store will be designated as your Main Store in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/wlTP9RCVIWKqsgdUK4yv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

With your Main Store set up, you can now connect your first Sales Channel.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Shopify Multi Locations Setup

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What are Shopify Locations?**</mark>

A location is any physical place or in-app digital space where you do any or all of the following activities:

* Sell products.&#x20;
* Ship or fulfill orders.
* Stock inventory.

You can set up multiple locations in your Shopify store for managing stock at different levels, tracking inventory, and fulfilling orders from each location. For example, you can have one location in the US and one location in the UK, with two different stock numbers available.

Refer to [this article](https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/locations/setup) to set up your Shopify locations.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Syncing data from Shopify Locations to Sales Channels**</mark>

\
You can choose a specific location in the Channel Settings to sync its data to your Sales Channel. Once selected, data will flow directly from that location to your channel accordingly.

<figure><img src="/files/SOJm34jw9spgrncBxlqY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If `Import Orders to Main Store` is enabled, channel orders will be imported and created on the Shopify Location specified in the Channel Settings.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Creating products on the Shopify Main Store**</mark>

Since marketplaces do not support multi-locations, when creating listings from the Sales Channel to the Shopify Main Store using LitCommerce, you will need to specify a location where you want to create the product.

<figure><img src="/files/OjMvfvfaYiKgYkGlq6EN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Processing Quantity for Orders from Channels on Shopify Location**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**On Shopify**</mark>

When orders are generated from a Sales Channel and imported into Shopify, Shopify prioritizes the processing of quantities in the following order:

* Based on the priority level of the location (set in Shopify admin → Settings → Shipping and Delivery → Order Routing)

<figure><img src="/files/4NU6lbN4VcAHnPDiogEm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Based on the remaining quantity in each location. If none of the locations have sufficient quantity, then the location with the highest priority level will be selected.

For example, let's consider a scenario where Shopify has three locations set up, with the following quantities and priority level:&#x20;

* Location Default: 10 in stock
* Location 1: 15 in stock
* Location 2: 3 in stock.

**Case 1:** If the quantity in the order is less than or equal to 10, the order will be picked up from Location Default.

**Case 2:** If the quantity in the order is greater than 10 but less than or equal to 15, the order will be picked up from Location 1.

**Case 3:** If the quantity in the order is greater than 15, the order will be picked up from the Location Default. However, after the order is processed, the quantity in the default location will be negative. This is Shopify's default order processing method.

Additionally, after importing orders to Shopify, you can change the Location that you would like to sync the order to.

<figure><img src="/files/HRFZT5JyQ3SFjVjripkA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**On LitCommerce**</mark>

If no Shopify location is selected in the Channel Settings during [setup](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopify/shopify-multi-locations-setup#syncing-data-from-shopify-locations-to-sales-channels) and an order is placed, LitCommerce will automatically sync the order to the locations according to the priority order set on Shopify.

* Based on the priority level of the location.
* Based on the remaining quantity in each location.

Applying to the example above, when an order occurs, Shopify would typically select the Location Default for syncing.&#x20;

However, if this location is excluded from the `Sync from Shopify Location` option and only Location 1 and Location 2 are selected, LitCommerce will not process the quantity from Location Default and use inventory from Location 1 instead, following the priority rules defined in your Shopify settings.

In case the order has 17 in quantity, LitCommerce will handle this in order to avoid negative quantities. The tool will take 15 from Location 1 and 2 from Location 2 (if available).&#x20;

If the order has 19 in quantity and taking inventory from all locations is not enough, LitCommerce will deduct from Location 1 due to the priority rule, resulting in a negative quantity of -4 in Location 1.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# WooCommerce


# How to connect WooCommerce as the Main Store

This article outlines the instructions for connecting WooCommerce as your Main Store to your LitCommerce account.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce does not support** [**Local Host from WordPress**](https://wordpress.com/go/website-building/what-is-localhost-and-why-is-it-useful-for-wordpress/)**.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Select WooCommerce as the Main Store**</mark>

If you don’t have a LitCommerce account, sign up [HERE](https://app.litcommerce.com/register). After that, you can select either of the following methods to complete this step.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 1: Via LitCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Locate and click on `WooCommerce`.

<figure><img src="/files/j5FJU0WR6xTBewq0SzvG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Tap on `Download Plugin` and you will be redirected to the WordPress Plugin Store to download the LitCommerce plugin.

<figure><img src="/files/PfKcg47octpNW22tf5Ud" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 2: Via WooCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Visit your WordPress admin, and select `Add Plugin` from the `Plugins` tab.

<figure><img src="/files/HuV44Y1V0usv7XVNk77i" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Search for LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/vV122ibjVuhWXYEBHz4k" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Install the LitCommerce plugin on the WordPress Plugin Store**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**If Method 1 was selected:**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Click `Download` to install the LitCommerce plugin.

<figure><img src="/files/B0l1QVADba4vJuItT6nT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose `Upload Plugin` in the Plugins tab from the WordPress dashboard and select the downloaded LitCommerce plugin.

<figure><img src="/files/SotrFS3OF5FmO2sJLjAl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**If Method 2 was selected:**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Click on `Install Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/GkQ6Ao43NKMNs4uRuiOW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Tap on `Activate`.

<figure><img src="/files/jeMFdVwB9UcjzE2ChmgJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once activated, WordPress will initiate the process to establish the connection to LitCommerce.

<div><figure><img src="/files/QwDEA0mZoP2rodV2qY0f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/007A6OFw3j6J6NlA5ksb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Upon successful completion, you will be redirected to the LitCommerce application, and WooCommerce will be connected as the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/K8juKxw0GMo6lxX9jB0o" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the connection process between WordPress and LitCommerce fails, check your firewall settings or try reinstalling the LitCommerce plugin.**
{% endhint %}

With your Main Store set up, you can now connect your first Sales Channel.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# WooCommerce Common Errors

When managing the Products on WooCommerce via LitCommerce, you may encounter some errors related to the WordPress connection or the WordPress Security Restrictions.

This article provides general troubleshooting steps to help address these issues.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection Instability**</mark>

You may encounter the following error message when creating the listings from the Sales Channel to WooCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/cII1hyNHvEmNicSA4nyb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This means the connection between LitCommerce and your WordPress site is not stable. It might be caused by the Maximum Execution Time and Memory Limit in your WordPress settings.

To optimize the connection between LitCommerce and WordPress, you can set these settings to 300 seconds and 256MB. Respectively using one of the following methods:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**1. Editing the php.ini File**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Locate the php.ini file (commonly found in the root folder or a directory like /etc/).

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Open the file for editing and add or modify the following lines:

```
max_execution_time = 300 
memory_limit = 256M
```

* **max\_execution\_time:** Sets the maximum time (in seconds) a script is allowed to run.
* **memory\_limit:** Defines the maximum amount of memory a script can consume.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the file and reload the web server.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**2. Modifying the .htaccess File (for Apache server only)**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Locate the .htaccess file and add the following lines:

```
php_value max_execution_time 300
php_value memory_limit 256M
```

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the file and reload the webserver.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**3. Updating wp-config.php**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Open the wp-config.php file.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Add these lines before the end of the file:

```
set_time_limit(300);
define('WP_MEMORY_LIMIT', '256M');
```

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the file and reload the webserver.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**4. Contacting your Hosting Provider**</mark>

If the above methods don’t work, contact your hosting provider and request the following adjustments:

* **Maximum Execution Time:** 300 seconds&#x20;
* **Memory Limit:** 256MB

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**WordPress Security Restrictions**</mark>

Typically, WordPress hosting providers automatically enable the Firewall on the user’s WordPress site. However, this security method may block actions performed through LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/nqpkjkEMCdVlg1NCQ0uD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To address, this, follow the steps below to add our IP addresses to the whitelist on WordPress:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to the [Cloudflare dashboard](https://dash.cloudflare.com/), and select your account and domain.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to **Security → WAF → Tools**.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Under IP Access Rules, enter the following details:

* For Value, enter all IP addresses of LitCommerce below:

**IPV4:**

72.14.177.223

96.126.114.141

45.33.27.6

45.79.34.198

50.116.21.133

**IPV6:**

2600:3c00::f03c:95ff:fe0a:5ecf

2600:3c00::f03c:92ff:feee:7fdf

2600:3c00::f03c:93ff:fe80:ade8

2600:3c00::f03c:93ff:fea9:2e9f

2600:3c00::f03c:93ff:fe37:d535

* Select `Allow`.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
For Zone, select whether the rule applies to the current website only or all websites in the account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
(Optional) Enter a note for the rule (for example, Payment Gateway).

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Add`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/WzNxPQ8y91e70UW127m5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After completing the steps, your setup should allow LitCommerce requests through the firewall and look like this:

<figure><img src="/files/11jID2jYRut5MVQBFj2u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For further information, follow [this article](https://developers.cloudflare.com/waf/tools/ip-access-rules/create/).

If the issue persists, contact our Support Team via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# BigCommerce


# How to connect BigCommerce as the Main Store

This article outlines the instructions for connecting BigCommerce as the Main Store in LitCommerce. There are two available connection methods:

* Method 1: Via LitCommerce
* Method 2: Via BigCommerce

More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Select BigCommerce as the Main Store**</mark>

If you do not have a LitCommerce account, sign up [HERE](https://app.litcommerce.com/register). After that, select either of the following methods to proceed.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 1: Via LitCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Locate and click on `BigCommerce`.

<figure><img src="/files/zzeJ4mqWPPnO1szostyx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Connect Your Account`.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/9gF5u41rsH781qA2Y8bh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Log in to your BigCommerce account if prompted, and you will then be redirected to the LitCommerce app on the BigCommerce App Marketplace.

<figure><img src="/files/6IvFRjtPpMc46rEKaGM8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Continue with [Step 2](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/bigcommerce/how-to-connect-bigcommerce-as-the-main-store#step-2-install-the-litcommerce-app-on-bigcommerce) to complete the connection process.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 2: Via BigCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your BigCommerce Store Admin.

<figure><img src="/files/Qun1H3613opYyjkHUUqH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the App Marketplace under the Apps section and click `Discover apps in the App Marketplace`.

<figure><img src="/files/UDVK8rVsHKG0rDw8HwZM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Search for “LitCommerce” or use [this link](https://www.bigcommerce.com/apps/categories/?query=LitCommerce) to reach the page.

<figure><img src="/files/TfQgidlQ975lyDuWbd5Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select your desired LitCommerce app: **Marketplace Integration** or **Feed Management**.

<figure><img src="/files/M5BnQmmZjZ4vGOkUcSMd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click on the `Get this app` button.

<figure><img src="/files/aHiIuJnGuIEtbkpiGr79" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose one of the following options to proceed: “Existing BigCommerce store” or “New to BigCommerce”.

<figure><img src="/files/m1hywc2DcuKi6fapJurI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Log in to your BigCommerce account if prompted, then select the store you want to connect as the Main Store.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Registration on LitCommerce before connecting the Main Store is not required. The system will automatically create a LitCommerce account using the BigCommerce owner's email address and set this platform as the Main Store.**

\
**An email with a random password will also be sent for future login sessions.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Install the LitCommerce app on BigCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Click `Install`.

<figure><img src="/files/fyzSHCdiKT42r2eqyCNA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Confirm` to verify that you allow LitCommerce to access your BigCommerce store and associated data.

<figure><img src="/files/4mMpLR27YykgGSvmjmbm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `here` to open LitCommerce and find BigCommerce connected as a Main Store.

<div><figure><img src="/files/PbYrA3Ks7fxIZHXUOice" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/Rt8NCJ2Oy85i9JH5rBiM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

With the Main Store connected, you can now integrate your first Sales Channel.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How orders with different currencies are imported into your BigCommerce Main Store

When using our BigCommerce integration, you may encounter instances where the currency of a sales channel differs from the default currency in your Main Store.

To prevent currency mismatches when importing orders into your BigCommerce store, LitCommerce manages orders according to your BigCommerce currency settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
**There are two types of currency in BigCommerce: Display Currency and Transactional Currency. Learn more about them in** [**this article**](https://support.bigcommerce.com/s/article/Using-Multiple-Currencies?language=en_US)**.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order’s currency has not been added to BigCommerce**</mark>

If the order’s currency has not been added to your BigCommerce store, LitCommerce will automatically convert the order total into your Main Store’s default currency using the standard exchange rate.

This ensures that all transactions are recorded in the main currency of your store.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order's currency is set as a Transacting Currency**</mark>

When your channel's currency is configured as a Transacting Currency in your BigCommerce store, the order will be imported with the original currency, and no conversion will be necessary.

<figure><img src="/files/g5uZv37ewnsnvuDuiarM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order’s currency is set as a Display Currency only**</mark>

If the order’s currency is set as a Display Currency rather than a Transacting Currency, LitCommerce will convert the order total into your store’s default currency.&#x20;

The conversion will use the exchange rate configured in your BigCommerce store.

<figure><img src="/files/7O9sQGdwmucTWa6zrahY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To add a new currency to your BigCommerce store, follow the steps provided in [this article](https://support.bigcommerce.com/s/article/Managing-Currencies?language=en_US#add).

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Wix


# How to connect Wix as the Main Store

This article outlines the instructions for connecting Wix as your Main Store to your LitCommerce account.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Select Wix as the Main Store**</mark>

If you don’t have a LitCommerce account, sign up [HERE](https://app.litcommerce.com/register). After that, you can select either of the following methods to complete this step.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 1: Via LitCommerce**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Locate and click on `Wix`.

<figure><img src="/files/eRjtpUGfC1L1t73F3jcD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Tap on `Connect Your Account`, and you will be redirected to the LitCommerce app on the [Wix App Market](https://www.wix.com/app-market/).

<figure><img src="/files/iQlBHCJISTRhROXtPUQT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**If you are already logged in to your Wix store on the current web browser, you will be redirected to a page that displays the permissions required for LitCommerce to connect.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Method 2: Via Wix App Market**</mark>

Go to the [Wix App Market](https://www.wix.com/app-market/) and search for “LitCommerce” (or visit [this link](https://www.wix.com/app-market/search-result?query=LitCommerce)).

<figure><img src="/files/SGU42n6pMvtoAXMhbGZf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Registration on LitCommerce is not necessary. The system will automatically create a LitCommerce account using Wix's owner's email address and set Wix as the Main Store.**&#x20;

**Furthermore, an email with a random password will be sent for future login sessions.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Install LitCommerce on Wix**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
In the LitCommerce app on the Wix App Market, click `Add to Site`.

<figure><img src="/files/WzxEOD1OguJmZTmHtkxI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Log in to your Wix account if prompted, and select the store you want to connect as the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/UwuQ1vGd0nhcF2TpVYWR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
The page will show the permissions from LitCommerce to connect to your Wix store. Click `Agree & Add` to continue.

<figure><img src="/files/llWWEUF7KMLi75YVbMhx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

After installing the app, you will be redirected back to LitCommerce and your Wix store will be designated as your Main Store in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/VMJuQhWuuaU04zhoKctg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

With your Main Store set up, you can now connect your first Sales Channel.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Square


# How to list products on Square

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products on Square using LitCommerce.

{% hint style="info" %}
**The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.**
{% endhint %}

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Square channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/4r4v8dK2f2W4FN2luOl4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add to Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/lrZLrVuIIVGCQvxtlvId" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Square channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/C5c5mDRh7Kw97UYFxW5g" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can also list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/SoZ8pENG8PauCaccT2Nc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Square channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Square channel.

<figure><img src="/files/L2V4ut7jxcES5vutlIvk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the additional information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/3BlRamIomqdGAQqVY9BU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following sections.

* Title.
* Price.
* Variations.
* Category.
* Online Fulfillment Methods
* Images.
* Custom Attributes.

The data in the **Title, Price, Variations, Images, and Custom Attributes** sections is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with Square's listing policies.

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each section below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title**</mark>

This tab consists of the following required fields.

<figure><img src="/files/T0kI96S9iKS83VlVEMN0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Product Name:** Display the product title retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Square.

* **SKU:** Show the SKU retrieved from your Main Store.

* **UPC:** Show the UPC retrieved from your Main Store. You can enter the UPC on the listing if this data is not available in the Main Store.

* **Description:** Display the product description retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Square.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Square fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Price**</mark>

This tab contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/QICfvh5uiF9pTW921xSO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**For Square stores with multiple locations, select `Manage Stock` to specify where you want to send the listing’s inventory data. The Location Mapping configuration in** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/square/square-channel-settings#location-mapping) **will override this setting.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/XBbr765gP59mhatsSkIf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in the Pricing Template or the** [**LitCommerce Square Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/square/square-channel-settings)**.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Variations**</mark>

This section is only visible on variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, and price.

<figure><img src="/files/qAMpcGc7ttiWLRkoeCIA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Square channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**The `Manage Stock` button is available to display the variations’ quantities. It allows you to define the designated inventory locations for each variation. Each variation can distribute its inventory across multiple Square locations.**

**The Location Mapping configuration in** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/square/square-channel-settings#location-mapping)**, when Inventory Sync is enabled, will override the Manage Stock setting.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category section is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. You can find the following:

* **Category:** Search or browse, and select a Category from the available options.

<figure><img src="/files/GdS5OtS6xiQVGXe7s2oC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Reporting Category:** Specify a Reporting Category for the listing from the available options.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/QYltTSYcozJW38UAXCOS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Modifier:** Select a suitable modifier for your listing. They are optional customization choices displayed during checkout.

<figure><img src="/files/xPLMcJQ8BT5cQhh3St8p" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Point Of Sale:** Enable this toggle to specify the locations your listing will be sold on. Turn on `Present at all locations` to sell the item at all available locations.

<figure><img src="/files/sJW7uQwZlXo7UId1VEhp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**All data in this section must be set up directly in your Square admin. LitCommerce will then display them for selection.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Utilize the Category Template for bulk editing.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Online Fulfillment Methods**</mark>

This section starts with three availability options, letting you control how each item can be sold by checking the corresponding boxes.

* **Available online:** Indicates that the item is listed for sale on your Square Online store.

* **Available for pickup:** Specifies that buyers can purchase the item online and collect it in person at a specific location.

* **Available electronically:** Indicates that the item is delivered digitally, with no physical pickup or shipping required. It is usually used for digital goods, memberships, downloads, e-gift cards, or online services.

<figure><img src="/files/rSytkKSVYbBpCFCCzETZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, you can select your listing’s Product Type from Square’s predefined list.

<figure><img src="/files/FPJ4WL7pZsPhwdI09gvn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. All images must meet [Square’s image requirements](https://squareup.com/help/us/en/article/8267-upload-images-to-your-item-library).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Square listings.

<figure><img src="/files/zLExgkLAgVWOGcXTvJs1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/nteIwVtoXWVzVNtHnTl5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Custom Attributes**</mark>

This section shows the custom attributes assigned to the corresponding products in your Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/0dbeqC815VORyh28ZT0y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**When existing Square custom attributes match those in your Main Store, LitCommerce will map them automatically. If none exist, the tool will create new ones on Square. Due to Square’s limit, only 10 new custom attributes can be created.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Square**</mark>

Once all the necessary information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Square. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Square.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/03dauWKHnDgXiMwne4Cx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Square channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Square`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/pqG6gwhP11R39toHk6I3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/WF7n7SQj7nmEbQWts7sN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Square's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/PcGKmDPma3DIynQEKGk0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Square Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Square Channel Settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Square listings.&#x20;

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<div align="center" data-full-width="false"><figure><img src="/files/LRSL7XtLh5OjO40MfMsa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Merchant ID**</mark>

This field displays the Merchant ID retrieved from your Square account.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Square store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/pQy0WXoledM2wDFUheNh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Square Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/Ki6fwrBP68jpmvFHZoC4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Square Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

Aside from the basics, the Inventory section also includes settings tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Location Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/o3JEyuKnmniXCBBkEfg3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This feature allows you to connect the Main Store locations to the corresponding Square locations. Multiple mappings can be added.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify or Square Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/lhgdIGtvjmQnu8hufbX3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Square Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/ycWRa32NIFVRZhHKCFqV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

Enable this feature to sync the SKUs on your Square store with those in your Main Store. This helps maintain SKU consistency across connected platforms and ensures smooth management.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, it will run every 15 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Square. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Square. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Square listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Square orders are imported.

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Square to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/RYhhDrtjZFwO374JGols" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Carrier Service Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/4zgpzzIyn9hjubIBBRXO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Main Store carrier service is not available on Square, orders fulfilled by that carrier may lack complete tracking information.

Enable this option to map the Main Store carriers to Square carriers. This ensures accurate tracking details appear in Square Order Tracking.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify or BigCommerce Main Store**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Square Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/eUMMoyPVd0IUcSkGrDdG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Square channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/frRpQmGdwhKVsxNgdmoo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Amazon


# Amazon Integration: What to Know Before You Start

This article outlines the Amazon integration limitations in LitCommerce. Understanding these limitations will help you use the tool more effectively and align it with your business needs.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Products Listing Process**</mark>

* GTIN Exemption is required when listing products that do not have a matching ASIN in the Amazon catalog from LitCommerce. Refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-sell-on-amazon-with-litcommerce-product-identifiers-and-gtin-exemption#create-a-brand-new-listing-on-amazon-1) for more details.

* When using GTIN Exemption, Product Type and Browser Node information (ID and Name) are required for listings publishing on Amazon through LitCommerce. You only need to obtain this information once per category and can apply it to future listings within that category. Retrieve it from your Amazon Seller Central.

* Due to API limitations, LitCommerce does not support publishing Custom/Customized products or Handmade products on Amazon.

* Amazon has many prerequisites. It is crucial to address and fulfill all necessary fields specified by this marketplace. This will ensure that products can be successfully published.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Listings with missing required information will be displayed with error messages returned from Amazon. You must complete them before proceeding with the publishing process.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync Process**</mark>

LitCommerce does not support the following for the Amazon integration:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Inventory Sync for FBA listings**</mark>

Inventory management for FBA products is not possible for LitCommerce. This is because Amazon manages the stock of FBA products separately from the store's warehouse.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Import shipping, customer data, and sync tracking information for Amazon orders**</mark>

* Due to API limitations, orders imported from Amazon will not include shipping and customer information (such as name, address, etc.). Only the purchased product information (such as title, SKU, price, etc.) can be imported.

* Order status and tracking information cannot be synced from the Main Store to Amazon. However, LitCommerce can sync order status from Amazon back to the Main Store.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to sell on Amazon with LitCommerce - Product Identifiers and GTIN Exemption

This article covers **ASIN** and **GTIN**, the **Amazon GTIN Exemption**, and the overall Amazon listing process.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**GTIN (Global Trade Item Number)**</mark>

This product identifier is a distinct numerical sequence that serves as a product identifier and is represented by a barcode.

Multiple item identifier types are used globally, in accordance with various industry standards. They include:

* **UPC (Universal Product Code) – 12 digits:** It is the most widely recognized barcode type, and can be found on virtually every physical product. <br>
* **ISBN (International Standard Book Number) – 10 or 13 digits:** It is specifically designed for books and is usually associated with a publication date. <br>
* **EAN (European Article Number) – 13 digits:** It is created specifically for products in the European marketplace and is valid internationally. <br>
* **JAN (Japanese Article Number) – 13 digits:** It is used specifically for products distributed in Japan. <br>
* **GTIN-14 (Global Trade Item Number) – 14 digits:** It is used to identify multi-unit trade items (e.g., outer cases, pallet shipments, bundled packs).

If you source products from a manufacturer but do not have a GTIN, you can request one from them. If you create and own a new product, you will need to obtain a GTIN through GS1 — the only official and globally recognized provider.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**ASIN (Amazon Standard Identification Number)**</mark>

ASIN is a unique ten-digit alphanumeric code generated by Amazon and assigned to each new listing. You can use it to distinguish between different items in the marketplace catalog.

ASINs are essential to Amazon’s cataloging system, helping both sellers and buyers identify and manage products. They appear in search results, product URLs, product detail pages, and inventory management.

<figure><img src="/files/EL7AX6uInx5sLXx1Mm44" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**ASIN is specific to Amazon and has no meaning outside of the marketplace.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**List products from the Amazon Seller Central**</mark>

When selling on Amazon, you will fall into one of two cases:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**List your own offer for an existing Amazon product**</mark>

In this case, you are not creating a new product detail page. Instead, you are listing your own offer (such as price, quantity, and fulfillment method) for a product that already exists in the Amazon catalog and has an assigned ASIN.

Your offer must exactly match the selected ASIN, including the brand, model, and product specifications. Listing mismatched items may result in policy violations.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Create a brand-new listing on Amazon**</mark>

Amazon requires all mandatory listing information (including title, description, images, bullet points, and additional details) to create a new product page and assign a unique ASIN. A valid GTIN or approved GTIN Exemption must also be provided.

{% hint style="info" %}
**GTIN is generally required to create a new product listing on Amazon.**
{% endhint %}

This leads to two possible paths:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**1. Using GTIN**</mark>

If your product has a valid GTIN, you can use it to create a new listing. Amazon will then generate a new ASIN and create a corresponding product detail page based on the information you provide.

This method is ideal for branded, private-label, or retail products that are properly barcoded and GS1-registered.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**2. Using GTIN Exemption**</mark>

If your product does not have a GTIN, you can apply for a GTIN Exemption before listing.

The Amazon GTIN Exemption allows you to list products without GTIN barcodes. It is granted for a specific brand and category and enables Amazon to assign new ASINs to your products. If you list products under multiple brands or categories, you will need to request a separate exemption for each one.

There are two scenarios in which a GTIN Exemption can be approved:

* You are selling products under a generic or no-brand name.
* You are selling products under your own private brand name, which is not enrolled in the Amazon Brand Registry.

Once approved, you can proceed to list your products on the marketplace.

This method is suitable for handmade goods, customized items, or private-label products without barcodes.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**List products on Amazon via LitCommerce**</mark>

LitCommerce offers two methods for listing your products:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Create an offer using an existing ASIN**</mark>

Similar to listing products directly in Amazon Seller Central, it is possible to create an offer under an existing ASIN from the Amazon catalog via our tool.

You can find the matching ASIN in the Amazon catalog using the LitCommerce ASIN Lookup tool with GTINs, SKUs, or keywords. Once found, assign the ASIN to your listing and fill in the additional required details before publishing.

<figure><img src="/files/jzadtf6wnRV1Zq1d3B9W" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Key listing details (such as title, description, product type, and more) of your item must exactly match the assigned ASIN.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Create a brand-new listing on Amazon**</mark>

GTINs are typically used to create new listings and generate ASINs on Amazon. However, when publishing new listings through LitCommerce, they cannot be used to generate new ASINs due to Amazon API limitations for third-party applications.

In our tool, GTINs will only be used to find the matching existing ASINs in the Amazon catalog.

If you belong to all the cases below, you will need to request GTIN Exemption from Amazon to be able to list your products from our tool.

* No GTINs available, and cannot find existing ASINs from the LitCommerce ASIN Lookup.
* GTINs are available, but do not match any existing ASINs in the Amazon catalog.

Refer to [this article](https://sellercentral.amazon.com/help/hub/reference/external/G200426310) for more information on the process. Once you acquire the exemption, [contact us](https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/) to proceed with the next steps.

Additionally, view the article How to list products on Amazon to learn about publishing Amazon listings with LitCommerce.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to find Amazon Browse Nodes IDs for your products

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**About Amazon Browse Node ID**</mark>

Browse Node IDs are numeric codes used to identify specific product categories within Amazon’s marketplace. Each of the 40+ main categories and 25,000+ subcategories is uniquely distinguished by its own ID.

For example: Jewelry Accessories (9616098011), Women's Dresses (1045024), Fabric (12899121).&#x20;

Amazon utilizes thousands of Browse Node IDs across its marketplace. While top-level Browse Node IDs typically remain constant, sub-level Browse Node IDs are subject to frequent change. Amazon reserves the right to create, modify, or remove browse nodes without prior notification.

Finding the correct Browse Node ID is essential when listing a product on Amazon that has not been associated with an [ASIN (Amazon Standard Identification Number)](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-sell-on-amazon-with-litcommerce-product-identifiers-and-gtin-exemption#asin-amazon-standard-identification-number). However, if your product already has an ASIN, the Browse Node ID you assign to your Amazon listing becomes relatively insignificant.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Browse Node IDs are unique to a specific Amazon locale (e.g.,** [**Amazon.com**](https://www.amazon.com/)**,** [**Amazon.co.uk**](https://www.amazon.co.uk/)**, or** [**Amazon.fr**](https://www.amazon.fr/)**).**&#x20;

**While the same numeric ID may appear across multiple locales, these Browse Node IDs function independently. Their names and purposes are distinct and hold no relation to one another.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Locating Amazon Browse Node IDs**</mark>

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ec144O3IKPg>" %}

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your Amazon Seller account to access the Product Classifier tool via the link: <https://sellercentral.amazon.com/hz/productclassify>.

<figure><img src="/files/byA0lsq09Gy3q4ynZoIR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Utilize the browse tree within the tool to navigate and locate the desired category for the product or group of products you intend to publish. As an example, let's consider the category path: **Toys & Games > Arts & Crafts > Easels**.

<figure><img src="/files/744Yj24ZQDZHDaDwlMyC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/TkyIBrWmLjCSQIiPIbb5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Once you have identified the appropriate category, click on `Select`.\\

<figure><img src="/files/9iMvuNKUgXWxJV9iuov1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Examine the URL displayed in your browser's address bar. Look for the section "\&recommendedBrowseNodeId=xxxxxx". In our example, the code "3741281" represents the Browse Node ID specific to your chosen category.&#x20;

For example: the URL looks like [https://sellercentral.amazon.com/abis/listing/create?itemType=built-in-dishwashers\&produc\[…\]s\&recommendedBrowseNodeId=3741281\&ref\_=xx\_catadd\_dnav\_xx](https://sellercentral.amazon.com/abis/listing/create?itemType=built-in-dishwashers\&produc\[%E2%80%A6]s\&recommendedBrowseNodeId=3741281\&ref_=xx_catadd_dnav_xx)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

The identified code is the Browse Node ID you are seeking for your products.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to list products on Amazon

Amazon is a highly regulated marketplace with strict requirements for product listings. Sellers must provide detailed and accurate information to meet Amazon's guidelines and ensure their products are eligible for listing.

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list your Products from LitCommerce to Amazon.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft Listings to the Amazon channel from All Products**</mark>

To list on Amazon, you will need to add a Draft listing to the Amazon channel in LitCommerce.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/CTKB5W3Upv9UE7agH2x3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products that you want to list on Amazon and click `Select Action`, then `Add to Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/hVbyCf2EZBj6J1UhdEmt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose the Amazon channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/ExVsLW79G5uZXHk6A4vT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the Amazon channel in LitCommerce**</mark>

After Step 1, navigate to the Amazon channel in LitCommerce via the sidebar menu to find your Draft listings.

<figure><img src="/files/B0X0HLnpkQD92ASXVnK1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

There are two cases in which you can publish listings on Amazon via LitCommerce:

* **Case 1:** List products using an existing ASIN from the Amazon catalog.
* **Case 2:** Create new ASINs with GTIN Exemption.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Amazon Standard Identification Number (ASIN) is a unique ten-digit alphanumeric code that Amazon assigns to a product in its catalog. You can refer to** [**this article**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-sell-on-amazon-with-litcommerce-product-identifiers-and-gtin-exemption#asin-amazon-standard-identification-number) **for more information.**
{% endhint %}

Review the case details below and select the most suitable case for you. For visual aids, refer to [Case 1](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sSbLs4XTQdk) and [Case 2](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xfuFpmSlmEY) videos.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Case 1: List products using an existing ASIN from the Amazon catalog**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the listing details page of the Draft listing.

<figure><img src="/files/ycyFBhYkIsjfNqpKAa0C" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter the Product Identifier (GTIN, UPC, EAN,...), keyword, SKU, etc. to find the corresponding ASINs using the LitCommerce ASIN Lookup tool on the Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers tab.

<figure><img src="/files/TnwwOJQtOxoFAZkp59rA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

After assigning the ASIN, visit other tabs (including Listing Details, Shipping, and Offer) to fill out the required fields. Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

<figure><img src="/files/mZGEwLhLTc7ouYeLeAIe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**The SEO tab is not required, but is recommended. It helps optimize your listings' search visibility specifically for Amazon’s search algorithm.**
{% endhint %}

If you cannot locate an existing ASIN in the Amazon catalog, it means the product is not currently sold on Amazon and you will need to create a new listing. Refer to Case 2 below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Case 2: Create new ASINs with GTIN Exemption**</mark>

If your products are not yet listed in the Amazon catalog, and you are unable to locate existing ASINs, follow the steps below:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Apply for a GTIN Exemption from Amazon by visiting [this article](https://sellercentral.amazon.com/help/hub/reference/external/G200426310).

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Once approved, send a copy of the confirmation to LitCommerce and provide the approved Brand Name and Categories.

We will configure this information to your Amazon channel, and a corresponding badge will display next to the Channel name.

<figure><img src="/files/A1iancPz5c5xdy7bs0RH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Head to the `Listing Details` tab on the listing details page and complete the sections below. Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

\
The sections include:<br>

* Brand Name.
* Category.
* Safety And Compliance.
* Product Type
* Variant Theme
* Required Product Type Specifics
* Additional Product Type Specifics
* Product Dimensions (Optional)

<figure><img src="/files/KZKGY5YMFP4Vvjcot23r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

More details can be found below.

<details>

<summary><strong>Brand Name</strong></summary>

Enter the exact brand name approved by Amazon or use "Generic" if no brand is specified.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Category</strong> </summary>

Add the Browse Node ID and Browse Node Name. Refer to [this guide](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-find-amazon-browse-nodes-ids-for-your-products) for instructions on finding Browse Node IDs.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Safety And Compliance</strong> </summary>

This section includes Country Of Origin, Are Batteries Required, and Dangerous Goods Regulations. Select the options that best suit your listings.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Product Type</strong></summary>

Select the Product Type in the list according to the Browse Node you have just selected.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Variant Theme</strong></summary>

{% hint style="info" %}
**For variant listings, it is required to map the Variant Theme with attributes from the corresponding Main Store products. This allows Amazon to establish parent-child product relationships in their system.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/rnsSQUBpRcTShwngNI6O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You will need to map the exact Main Store attributes to the selected options from the Amazon Variant Theme. After choosing the options, use the Select Attribute field to match the corresponding Main Store variant attributes to each one.

Only options from the available Variant Theme list can be selected. They will vary depending on the Product Type.

<figure><img src="/files/Iih4kbsIfrugblOGBz6c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For example, the Main Store product has two variant attributes: **Color** and **Size**.

<figure><img src="/files/UgnWvWa5OH5aD8eZGBpv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Variant Theme of choice can be **Color** and **Size**, which are then mapped to the placeholders **{{c.color}}** and **{{c.size}}**. See below for reference on the possible mapping.

<figure><img src="/files/2h7tNTNsVKjBdauduZc7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Variant Theme may not contain the exact attribute names as your Main Store. Select the options that best match your product variations.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Required Product Type Specifics</strong></summary>

Several required fields will be displayed automatically at the bottom of the listing details page once the Product Type is selected. Ensure you provide values for these fields as well.

For example, if the **Product Type** is **Clothing Set**. Then the required field will be **Fabric Type**.

<figure><img src="/files/oxX2ZPr4gwazG2IUwJbe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Additional Product Type Specifics</strong></summary>

This section contains supplementary information specific to the selected Product Type. Click `Select Additional Fields` to choose the fields that you want to include.

<div><figure><img src="/files/sJSxpGCWb7qHO0KRws8u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/APiJbSuKwXDZSJPUcFbV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Product Dimensions (Optional)</strong></summary>

Enter the item and display dimensions.

<figure><img src="/files/wjEpiQGn76hj42cVPtTV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Visit the `Offer` tab and fill out the required fields, such as Condition or Quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/E18Sugig91i50ELfPEAB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
(Optional) Complete the `SEO` tab to provide additional information about your listing.

<figure><img src="/files/o5HfOewElLvFMAbH0KZH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Amazon**</mark>

Once you have completed all the required information on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listings on Amazon. Look at the bottom right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all your changes immediately on Amazon.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/JEWh9x48UmM8N5ee5nZh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, simply navigate to the Draft tab on the Amazon channel, choose the listings, then select the action `Publish to Amazon`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/WenSE16fziJrVYKSUj7J" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing your products to Amazon, if all information is **approved by the Amazon system**, your products will be moved to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/ALv4ABqYh92jypGlQ4V1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Otherwise, Amazon will return an error indicating any incorrect or missing fields. **Make sure to fill in the required information and try publishing the listings again.**

<figure><img src="/files/EayZN7winjSMWbLbprRB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Listing products on Amazon can be complex due to its stringent requirements. It might take some time to list your first product successfully. Once you can list the first product successfully, apply the same steps to your other listings.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Amazon Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Amazon Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Amazon.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to the Amazon API limit, the LitCommerce Amazon channel does not support HTML tags in listing descriptions.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Offer Details Template**</mark>

This template defines the unique selling terms you offer, giving buyers more insights into your Amazon listings. You can find the following information.

<figure><img src="/files/6sUqMK3geBJw9YUDIUFj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="275.3333740234375">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Condition</strong></td><td><p>Specifies the quality of the product being sold. You can map your Main Store product conditions to the corresponding Amazon conditions. </p><p></p><p>Once the template is applied, LitCommerce can send the correct condition data to the marketplace.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Condition Note</strong></td><td><p>Allows you to provide additional details about the item’s condition via text, especially when the product is not new.</p><p></p><p>Up to 2000 characters can be entered in this field.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Max Order Qty.</strong></td><td>Allows you to set a limit on how many units of a product each buyer can purchase per order. This helps prevent bulk purchasing, abuse, or reseller activity.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Fulfilled By</strong></td><td>Determines which fulfillment method the listings are assigned to. You can select either Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM) or Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Merchant Shipping Group Name</strong></td><td>Refers to the Shipping Template set up in your Amazon Seller Central. You must enter the exact Shipping Template Name for LitCommerce to retrieve the correct data.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Handling time</strong></td><td>Defines the number of business days needed to process and pack an order before handing it over to a carrier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tax Code</strong></td><td>Specifies the product tax code (PTC) that Amazon uses to determine the sales tax rate applicable to your product. More details about it can be found <a href="https://sellercentral.amazon.com/help/hub/reference/external/G200794510">HERE</a>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Launch Date</strong></td><td>Specifies the date your listing becomes visible for purchase on Amazon. It is useful for new releases, seasonal products, or pre-order items, allowing you to control when the items go live.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Release Date</strong></td><td>Indicates the date when a product can start being shipped or delivered to buyers. It is typically used for pre-order or newly launched items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Restock Date</strong></td><td>Indicates when a temporarily out-of-stock product will again be available for purchase or shipment. It helps to set buyers' expectations when the item returns to stock.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Offering Can Be Gift Messaged</strong></td><td><p>Specifies whether buyers can include a personalized message when sending the listing as a gift through Amazon during checkout. </p><p></p><p>You can set a maximum of 255 characters and 10 lines per gift message. Find more details <a href="https://sellercentral.amazon.com/help/hub/reference/external/G571?locale=en-US#GUID-41B04E0D-D2AA-4661-ABFE-6B715B35A5FE__SECTION_1BECD07C869346EAAC544EA5D1A8A954">HERE</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Is Gift Wrap Available?</strong></td><td>Specifies whether buyers can request gift wrapping for your item during checkout on Amazon. Refers to <a href="https://sellercentral.amazon.com/help/hub/reference/external/G571?locale=en-US#GUID-B3B9AAD2-9E4E-40FB-86E2-DD389DC857FB__SECTION_719D6AEC83AF42068288C13277523FF6">this article</a> for more details.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Aside from the required Condition, other fields are optional.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

This template features two main options to modify and update price data:

* **Price Adjustment and Price Rounding:** Follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules). You can add multiple adjustments to modify your Amazon listings’ prices based on the Main Store products.

<figure><img src="/files/lhMq8isHaJO5kpdLStnZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Price Preview` tool to review how the configured price rules take effect.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/ZgRkBriOIdDqQ3zA5B44" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Price override:** Manually select a Main Store Attribute from All Products or enter a numeric value to display.

<figure><img src="/files/3wthnbjZLEvxiUUS4Db2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Pricing Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/amazon-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

Additionally, enable `Advanced options` to view other possible price adjustments.

<figure><img src="/files/KFpIbXWcHalrpcamJkx7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="270">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Sale Price</strong> </td><td><p>Sets a temporary promotional price lower than your Standard Price. </p><p></p><p>Amazon will display the sale price alongside the crossed-out original price and savings percentage on your listing. It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override. </p><p></p><p>When the sale price, sale start date, and sale end date are set, it will trigger a promotion for the listings.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sale Start Date</strong></td><td>Specifies when the sale begins. It is available when using the Sale Price field.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sale End Date</strong></td><td>Specifies when the sale ends. It is available when using the Sale Price field. Upon passing this date, Amazon will revert your listings to their original prices.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>List Price (MSRP)</strong></td><td><p>Also called Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price. It specifies the suggested retail price set by the manufacturer or brand owner. </p><p></p><p>It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override. Amazon may require this field depending on the selected Product Type.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Minimum Seller Allowed Price</strong></td><td><p>Sets the lowest price Amazon can use for your listings. It helps protect you from unwanted underpricing during repricing, discounts, or promotions. </p><p></p><p>It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Maximum Seller Allowed Price</strong></td><td><p>Sets the highest price limit for your Amazon listings. This acts as a price ceiling, preventing accidental overpricing due to repricing tools, data sync errors, or manual input mistakes. </p><p></p><p>It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>MAP</strong></td><td><p>Also called Minimum Advertised Price. It represents the lowest price you are allowed to advertise publicly for an item. </p><p></p><p>It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Maximum Retail Price</strong></td><td><p>Defines the official, all-inclusive retail price printed on your item’s packaging. It is the highest legal price you can charge a buyer. This field is exclusive to Amazon India and available depending on the Product Type. </p><p></p><p>It includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Advanced options are not mandatory, but can help provide buyers and Amazon with price-related information about your items.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

This template helps you provide Amazon with product package information for shipping calculations. It consists of the following:

<figure><img src="/files/yPfr431qb4FjZWONftkp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Package Length Dimension.
* Package Width Dimension.
* ​Package Height Dimension.
* Package Weight Dimension.

Make sure to select a corresponding measurement unit for each field and fill in the value by entering it.

Alternatively, select a Main Store Attribute for mapping with `Select Attribute`. This allows LitCommerce to retrieve the Main Store dimension data and populate the corresponding Amazon fields.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SEO Template**</mark>

This template helps optimize your listings in Amazon’s internal search results. The following information can be found.

<figure><img src="/files/TpZxAGcH1hI61BqXNcRD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="291.33331298828125">Field</th><th>Definition</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Target Audience</strong></td><td>Indicates the intended audience for your listings. This helps Amazon’s search and filtering system display them to the most relevant buyers, improving both visibility and conversion rates.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Subject Keyword</strong></td><td>Describes the main themes associated with your listings. This helps Amazon’s search algorithm understand your items and connect them to buyer searches, even when those terms are not present in the listing title or description.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Intended Use</strong></td><td>Specifies for what purpose your items are meant to be used. It helps Amazon’s system and buyers understand your listings’ practical function or application, improving search relevance and category accuracy.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bullet Point</strong></td><td>Appears right under the listing title on the Amazon product detail page and highlights the main selling points of your item in short, scannable statements.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Item Type</strong></td><td>Defines your listings’ specific classification or subcategory within Amazon’s product catalog. It is one of the key attributes Amazon uses to categorize, filter, and display your listings in the right department and browse nodes.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search Terms (Generic Keywords)</strong></td><td>Allows you to add additional keywords that help your listings appear in relevant buyer searches. It is a hidden backend SEO field on Amazon listings.</td></tr></tbody></table>

You can enter fixed values in these fields to apply them to all listings using the template.

As another option for the Target Audience, Subject Keyword, Intended Use, Bullet Point, and Item Type fields, map them with the Main Store attributes using `Select Attribute` for auto-population of data.

<figure><img src="/files/TFytaedzOeh7wrjTnJaL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For the Search Terms (Generic Keywords) field, check the `Use tags from Main Store to make Search Terms` box to automatically fill in this field with the corresponding Main Store tags.

<figure><img src="/files/cXV2kQk2BesLVyy48n0L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Details Template**</mark>

This template helps provide key information to your Amazon listings. The details include:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Brand**</mark>

**Brand Name:** Enter the exact brand name approved by Amazon, or use "Generic" if no brand is specified.

<figure><img src="/files/aKOUU6N7XLYTuASwtGMk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Category**</mark>

* **Browse Node ID:** Enter the category ID you would like to publish your listings under.
* **Browse Node Name:** Enter the category name you would like to publish your listings under.

For guidance on locating your Browse Node ID and Name, check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-find-amazon-browse-nodes-ids-for-your-products).

<figure><img src="/files/wuUArGOHuCrVNJg9A1Uc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**In case you are publishing your items using GTIN Exemption, ensure that the category being used is approved by Amazon.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Safety And Compliance**</mark>

* **Country Of Origin:** Select the country where your listings were manufactured or assembled.

* **Are Batteries Required:** Check this box if your listings require batteries. It will open two other fields: Are Batteries Included and Battery Cell Composition, for inputting more details.

* **Dangerous Goods Regulations:** Select the suitable option from the available list to declare whether your Amazon listings are regulated as hazardous material. Multiple options can be added for this field.

<figure><img src="/files/dtybHfZwjv3m6WivO5qZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Type**</mark>

Select a Product Type that best suits your Amazon listings. Once selected, the Variant Theme field will display below it.

<figure><img src="/files/hzHA7Bbc4wQVuJBQbfc1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The Variant Theme is required for variant listings. It allows Amazon to establish parent-child product relationships in their system. Refers to** [**this article**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-list-products-on-amazon#variant-theme) **for guidance in mapping it.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Type Specifics**</mark>

* Required Specifics: Fill in the value for any required fields (marked by the red asterisk (\*)). These fields vary depending on the selected Product Type.

* Additional Specifics: Add supplementary information specific to the selected Product Type. Click `Select Additional Fields` to choose the fields that you want to include.

Depending on the Amazon fields, you can map the Main Store attributes to them using `Select Attribute` for LitCommerce to automatically populate them with corresponding values.

<figure><img src="/files/8tS0Tq2DuhcL7c9unCJ2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Dimensions**</mark>

* **Item Length/Width/Height/Weight Dimension:** Fill in the correct values to specify the actual size and weight of your items, excluding packaging.

* **Item Display Height/Length/Width/Weight:** Fill in the correct values to control how your item’s size and weight information appear to buyers on Amazon.

<figure><img src="/files/lWu9dbqzUB8ao5szXP6S" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Ensure that the corresponding measurement unit is selected for each dimension field.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Amazon Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Amazon channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Amazon Common Errors

When working with Amazon listings in LitCommerce, you may come across errors returned by Amazon during the listing or update process.

This article provides general guidance on how to resolve them.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Error resulting from incomplete required fields**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Please provide at least one of the two fields: ASIN or GTIN**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/LeAMkCZmo6B60nqSq2Wr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error occurs if the required information, either an ASIN or GTIN, is not provided during the listing process. When listing on Amazon through LitCommerce, you will fall into one of two cases:

* Create an offer using an existing ASIN from the Amazon catalog.
* Create brand-new ASINs on Amazon with GTIN Exemption.

Depending on your selected case, enter an ASIN to the listing or provide us with proof of approved GTIN Exemption to proceed. More details on the process can be found [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-list-products-on-amazon).

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Missing variant theme**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/CtEqJwOQOXi8mM4m3izx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You may encounter this error when trying to publish a variant listing without mapping the Variant Theme. Variant Theme is required for listings with variations, as it helps Amazon define how variations are grouped and displayed on the marketplace.

Refer to [this section](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/amazon/how-to-list-products-on-amazon#variant-theme) for a clearer understanding of the field and how to map it.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**\[Field] is required but not supplied**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/bbOfRIJRe6BmOvPee4oH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

There are two scenarios in which this error may appear:

<details>

<summary><strong>1- List products on Amazon</strong></summary>

You may still encounter this error even after completing all the standard required fields. This happens because Amazon may require additional fields for specific products.

To resolve, follow the error message and locate the missing fields under each tab to fill in their values.

<figure><img src="/files/ADcXam8lNQWSv9VXP5GU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Most fields required by Amazon can be located in the `Select Additional Fields` button under the Listing Details tab.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/LajsPxVeZfSnZoH2mRZl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After ensuring all necessary fields are filled out, click `Save & Publish` to send the updated data to Amazon.

<figure><img src="/files/yCuOHq2RThFpLgzNMa1q" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>2- Imported Amazon listings</strong></summary>

Listings imported from Amazon may lack certain information due to the Amazon API limits.

When you manually trigger an update from LitCommerce using the `Save & Publish` or `Update to Amazon` button, Amazon will detect the missing data and return an error message.

This error does not affect the automatic sync process. If you are only using LitCommerce for syncing, simply ignore it.

However, if you are using LitCommerce to manually update listing data, be sure to complete the required fields as indicated in the error message to clear the issue.

</details>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Error caused by conflicts with existing Amazon data**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**You cannot change the product type of an existing ASIN**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/kpAkhIwN8eY2J0Temze1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error occurs when publishing a listing using an existing ASIN, but the provided Product Type does not match the one associated with that ASIN. This mismatch may lead to Amazon policy violations.

Note that your listing must exactly match key listing details (such as title, description, product type, and more) with the selected ASIN.

To correct this error, go to the Listing Details tab (within the listing details page) or open the Listing Details Template and update the Product Type to match the ASIN. Once updated, click `Save & Publish` to resubmit the listing with the corrected data.

<figure><img src="/files/q8Use0J3DgACaicT3vy8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Changing the Product Type will require re-entering data in the associated fields. Make sure to double-check the information during the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you are unable to locate the appropriate Product Type, [contact us](https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/) for assistance.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**The Listing data provided is different from what's already in the Amazon catalogue**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/8es40reP85z3ofy3lDQe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error occurs when publishing your listing using an existing ASIN, but the provided listing details are different from the information associated with that ASIN.

To fix this, review the error message and update your listing details to align with the selected ASIN. Once the data is accurate, simply click `Save & Publish` to republish and clear the error.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Error due to Amazon API limitation**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Due to Amazon API Limits, you can only publish once every 5 minutes to Amazon**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/0vCabnb790a5MfJhI3ei" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Amazon API has certain limitations during the publishing process. As noted in the error message, only one publish action is allowed every 5 minutes. However, you can publish up to 100 listings at a time in a single action.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Adjust the number of Rows per page up to 100 at the bottom-right of the LitCommerce Amazon channel interface.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/A8ESGS3rwzzJF2FWCHPn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To bulk publish, select the listings, click on `Select Action`, and then `Publish to Amazon`.

<figure><img src="/files/jKjnXVv3ol6uRfFthDOC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing has not been completely configured**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/f5qs952x9ekrfs4UNEUK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error appears because Amazon has not yet fully processed the listing data sent from LitCommerce when publishing products. It typically means your listing is in progress and will become Active shortly.

To clear the error, simply click `Save & Publish` or `Publish to Amazon` to trigger an update.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Amazon Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Amazon Channel Settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Amazon listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/Qx7hNcgyJR6gHFDjPa2W" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Amazon Seller ID**</mark>

This field displays the Seller ID retrieved from your Amazon Seller Central.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Marketplace**</mark>

This field displays your Amazon store’s region.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Amazon store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/1VAH0vTStTU5bSGG4HF3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Amazon Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/ajUytIHbKtRVYqWJX8iO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Amazon Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to the Amazon API limitations, inventory for FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) listings will not be synced from your Main Store to Amazon via LitCommerce. Since Amazon handles FBA stock independently, inventory management for these items is not supported.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/uhSQvzBX2Sco5pQwVIrZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Amazon Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to Amazon API limitations, buyer information, such as name, shipping address, and contact details, will not be imported along with the orders.**

**LitCommerce can only retrieve product-related data, including the product name, SKU, quantity, shipping fee, tax, and other order-level details, and transfer it to your Main Store.**

**There are a few ways to handle this:**

* **You can fulfill orders directly on Amazon, where all buyer information is available. This eliminates the need to import the information into your Main Store.**

* **If you fulfill orders in your Main Store, simply copy the buyer details from Amazon and manually enter them into the corresponding orders.**

**If orders are fulfilled in your Main Store, LitCommerce cannot sync the order status and tracking information to Amazon. This is also because of the same API restriction.**
{% endhint %}

Aside from the basics, the Order section also includes settings tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Skip FBA Orders**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/wQjCNPMLlkfq0OmisHWM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

By default, LitCommerce imports both FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) and FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) orders. Enabling this feature to retrieve only FBM orders into our system and your Main Store.

This helps with more accurate sales tracking and prevents confusion between the two order types.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Ignore FBA Products Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/aj2i8LWNtvxlUA12LTc5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This feature is only available for the Shopify Main Store.

LitCommerce can import orders containing FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) products to the system and your Main Store when enabling this feature. However, the inventory of these FBA items will not be automatically adjusted from your Main Store accordingly.

You can proactively control your Main Store FBA inventory when using this feature.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/aUTDwaAnVwHwXdvjpQWS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Amazon listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Amazon orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/NgYM40mYCY5n8neK34Bs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Amazon to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/eMIu9bTJQ0a7Od5rSmsx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you have completed setting up the Amazon Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/TvQI3ZbjWXeSb0VNz4RD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Amazon channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/DgMzmEcT5N4FdJOUbMvb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay


# How to list products on eBay

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products from your Main Store to eBay using LitCommerce.&#x20;

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the eBay channel from All Products**</mark>

To list on eBay, you will need to add a Draft listing to the eBay channel in LitCommerce.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/hPiaXddjOzLwLp3oK2K5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add to Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/ichVHD9eo9OMaB1fXz0h" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose the eBay channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/hV8Bv3OyIgplF3O749cf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/rsvohtt14nSteZgZZjwj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce eBay channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce eBay channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/xc0GSigN6f8xSQXbXfX3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/mz4v7byZ37bRF67yVbbL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The listing details page in the eBay channel consists of the following tabs:

* Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers.
* Title & Description.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Business Policies.

While the **Product Identifier/Variations Identifier, Title & Description, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs are imported directly from All Products, you must manually complete the remaining tabs to meet [eBay’s listing policies](https://www.ebay.com/help/policies/listing-policies/listing-policies?id=4213).

<figure><img src="/files/7BlRUHumQmWSRpGRlOWV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help eBay create new ones.

* eBay Product ID (ePID).
* SKU.
* Brand
* UPC/Other product identifiers.

The eBay Product ID (ePID) Lookup is available to help you locate matching listings on eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/EdCoGclUw6jTezfbxeKH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If your listing is a variant, this tab will appear as Variations Identifiers, displaying the parent product and its associated variations.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/WzbNvO6L7xzMgp6fdNK2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description**</mark>

This tab consists of two required fields: **Title** and **Description**, each displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store. You can edit both fields to customize the content specifically for eBay.

To give you more control over the product description, LitCommerce offers two toggleable editing modes:

* **Rich Text Editor:** Ideal for simple descriptions using basic formatting.
* **HTML Editor:** Ideal for complex layouts using custom HTML and CSS.

<figure><img src="/files/5xqKANN5qxfvxsUmbFWx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To help you easily set up the product description, LitCommerce offers the `Optimize Description For eBay` feature for paid subscriptions. It utilizes AI (artificial intelligence) to generate HTML-formatted content based on keywords.**&#x20;

**Each generated description uses one credit. You receive credits equal to 10% of your available listing limit.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RRr7SCnywDl6CISzsJWp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/how-to-create-ebay-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these eBay fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images and videos retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. All images must meet [eBay’s image standards](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/listings/adding-pictures-listings?id=4148#section3).

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce only supports videos for eBay UK and eBay Motors US.**
{% endhint %}

Images and videos cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your eBay listings.

<figure><img src="/files/wXS8BBDPMUSecD2wgcPj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images or videos in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images and videos by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/gds0AGWT7CbRmpp0aVWv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/8cdFy1prTp9dvAHGgjc9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Select the `Best Offer` checkbox to enable potential buyers to submit price offers for your listing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/nctfV3A7BoxCflhB9nmW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/how-to-create-ebay-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce eBay Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-channel-settings)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/LoIHV8nwmXbqEA9CeWJn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce eBay channel.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Search or browse, and select a Primary Category from the available options. This will show all relevant fields of that category.

By default, LitCommerce uses the listing title to suggest a matching category. If the suggested category is not suitable, enter any keywords to find another one.

<figure><img src="/files/qSzakg11NtfawZLi4EWK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of Categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/0uX5FJWBZcLpneI9KBkn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**For variant listings, enable `Variation Enabled Only` to find eBay categories that support variants.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/zg2ruPOOdmsRjZyig4oW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have the eBay category ID, enter the Category ID: box to automatically populate the category.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/pFCYr9ghbZEfg7mVPk6L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Secondary Category and eBay Store Categories are optional. Note that adding a second category to any listing will incur an Insertion Fee, even for free listings. Learn more about eBay fees [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/fees-credits-invoices/selling-fees?id=4822).

<figure><img src="/files/A1gbl9dRmziwtYhCqGy5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Once the Primary Category is selected, complete Item Specifics that populate below.

<figure><img src="/files/2XJr5Pt8os6QPzneq5jo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Item Specifics vary depending on the selected category.**
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Business Policies**</mark>

To use this tab, your eBay store must be authorized by eBay. Once approved, you can [create the Business Policies directly on eBay](https://www.ebay.com/help/policies/business-policy/business-policies?id=4212) and return to LitCommerce to select them from the dropdown list.

<figure><img src="/files/dJNJMJK4RgaoGrmuPddH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Relist**</mark>

This tab lets you set automatic relist rules for individual listings, allowing them to be relisted on eBay when specific conditions are met.

<figure><img src="/files/TBTByHyeaMHZWOZIm63u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Start by enabling both toggles `Override Channel Setting` and `Auto relist`, then setting up conditions based on your needs.

<figure><img src="/files/OMQldhrrHtkwI7xjibIO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**By default, your channel listings follow the setup in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://help.litcommerce.com/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-channel-settings#inventory)**. When `Override Channel Setting` is turned on, the listings will ignore the Channel Settings and use their own relist behavior.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on eBay**</mark>

Once you have completed all the required information on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on eBay. Look at the bottom right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all your changes immediately on eBay.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/V5MYiuj7uxjz4RmXPHMC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the eBay channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to eBay`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/LZFsD7zmuD4Lls8mO8hd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/DZCqp8EfWZttg4y0dbVZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet eBay's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/0MlV6HsDKtfPkZWKjUu6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**For stores with LitCommerce as the Main Store, you can use the  `Duplicate` button on individual eBay listing details page to copy an existing listing, edit and then publish it as a similar item.**&#x20;

**LitCommerce will also create a corresponding linked product in the All Products section.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/R2ZnYSD8WVBNtFYhvkM3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/hBFSdnamYHhbRyVsl5dQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create eBay Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article will walk you through creating eBay Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template**</mark>

The steps on how to create a Template can be found [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). Below is the breakdown of each Template on eBay.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

LitCommerce also supports eBay Custom Description Templates (HTML files that define the layout, fonts, colors, and overall design) for creating more advanced product descriptions. You may refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-custom-description-template).

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

Both listing formats (Fixed Price and Auction) share the same price adjustment sections as follows.

* **Price Adjustment:** Follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules).

* **Price Override:** Manually enter a numeric value or select a product attribute from All Products to display.

<div><figure><img src="/files/7S7IIbCyIdFH1bAeTDj2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/HeGXZywAGX2CgCQ7YdLY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Additionally, keep in mind the following:

* **Best Offer** is only available for **Fixed Price Listing Format**. This option does not support variant listings.

<figure><img src="/files/c447f4k0y5xDBNmseOSh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* The **None** option is only available for **Auction Listing Format**.

<figure><img src="/files/a2By0yVZWmOKtzuPXtqF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Search using keywords and select a Primary Category from eBay’s available options.

<figure><img src="/files/ClR3yh9eDjxPVrhGKyrr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/SgoWBuHAxlHQrYd5TKla" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Category Template is for variant listings, enable the `Variation Enabled Only` filter to locate supported eBay categories.

<figure><img src="/files/WLkLnUuau98TzSDynji6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have the eBay category ID, enter it in the `Category ID:` box to automatically populate the category.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/aBGci49Vb99TjX05tPwl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Secondary Category**</mark>

This section shares the same options as the Primary Category.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/xS3DBfcKbm5OFw6XTe5W" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Adding a Secondary Category to the listings helps increase their visibility on eBay. However, it will incur an Insertion Fee, even for free listings. Learn more about eBay fees [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/fees-credits-invoices/selling-fees?id=4822).

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**eBay Store Categories (optional)**</mark>

eBay Store Categories are custom categories you create on eBay to organize listings within your own eBay Store.&#x20;

This section is optional. You can add up to two Store Categories.

<figure><img src="/files/R0znIoBzyT0b5Em74Jld" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Format & Duration**</mark>

Specify your Listing Format and the listings' available duration using this section.

Additionally, you can set the Listing Start Date by checking the `Scheduled` box.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/wYJ7evXXU0mX95eN3soq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Condition**</mark>

Choose an Item Condition for your listings from the available options.

You can also add a text description to the Addition Condition Note field to provide specific details about the items' physical state.

<figure><img src="/files/9lXZhZJbCV0M1N1QIW4v" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Item Specifics**</mark>

Item specifics are product information that helps customers make an informed decision before purchasing.

Fill in a fixed value for any required fields (marked by the red asterisk (\*)) and add supplementary information through the optional fields. This will apply to all listings using the template.

Alternatively, map the Main Store attributes to the fields using `Select Attribute` for LitCommerce to automatically populate them with corresponding values.

<figure><img src="/files/pKlFfXTudCOkFty9L8RY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Item Specifics vary depending on the selected Primary Category.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Custom Specifics**</mark>

You can manually add Custom Item Specifics to provide additional details not covered by the standard category fields.

<figure><img src="/files/W7P69g7WzeFEwZu2m8D7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Item Disclosures**</mark>

If you operate in or ship to the EU or Northern Ireland, you may need to provide the required information and documentation to comply with the [General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR)](https://www.ebay.com/sellercenter/resources/general-product-safety-regulation).

Enable the `General Safety Compliance` and select the appropriate information.

<figure><img src="/files/GR4X7chpwRBmp9AKZnOc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Business Policies Template**</mark>

To use this, your eBay store must be authorized by eBay. Start by [opting into the Business Policies program](https://www.ebay.com/bp/policyoptin) on the marketplace.

Once approved, you can [create the Business Policies directly on eBay](https://www.ebay.com/help/policies/business-policy/business-policies?id=4212) and return to LitCommerce to complete the following information

<figure><img src="/files/MhvnfibaXfBIqop6m0gS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="278.66668701171875">Field</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Dimensions</strong></td><td><p>Select the weight and dimension unit, then enter their values. </p><p></p><p>You can also select a Product Attribute from All Products to map to the value.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Item Location</strong></td><td>Enter the city, state, or country where the seller is shipping the listing from.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Shipping/Payment/Return Policy</strong></td><td><p>Select a policy (created on eBay) in the dropdown list to apply to the listing. </p><p></p><p>Hit <code>Refresh list of policies</code> to update the list to the latest.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>VAT Percent</strong></td><td>Enter a Value-Added Tax rate applied to the price of the Listing.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Shipping Package</strong></td><td>Select a package type or parcel format used to ship your item. </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Irregular Package</strong></td><td>Enable this if the package is irregular and needs special or fragile handling. For calculated shipping only.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Relist Template**</mark>

Listings with this template applied will use the relist behavior defined in the template.

* If Auto Relist is disabled, listings will be excluded from the auto-relist process.

* If Auto Relist is enabled, listings will be automatically relisted when the configured conditions are met.

<figure><img src="/files/FcQFjEaUCoVYRKjtibLZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Relist Conditions**</mark>

<details>

<summary><strong>Listing Status</strong></summary>

This field determines which listing status will be included in the auto-relist process.

* **Any status:** Listings in any status will be automatically relisted.

* **Out of stock - Manual Update:** Only listings that went out of stock due to manual inventory changes in the Main Store will be automatically relisted.

* **Out of stock - Channel Order:** Only listings that went out of stock after a channel order reduced inventory in the Main Store will be automatically relisted.

<figure><img src="/files/W8cqE23Kp91P8K8kwXZ7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>All Product Quantity</strong></summary>

This field controls the stock condition required for auto-relist. LitCommerce uses the quantity in the All Products section as the source-of-truth stock, rather than the quantity shown on eBay.

* **More or equal to:** Relist the listings only when the stock is equal to or greater than the number you set.

* **Between a range:** Relist the listing only when the stock is within the specified min-max range.

* **Any:** Relist the listing regardless of stock quantity. This can include 0 stock (with an optional minimum quantity setting to help keep the listing active).

<figure><img src="/files/p8dSIr2JodDFp1Y0nPFI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Max Relist</strong></summary>

This field allows you to limit how many times LitCommerce can automatically relist the listings.

* When the toggle is off, there is no relist limit. LitCommerce can continue relisting the listing as long as the relist conditions are met.

* When the toggle is on, you can set the maximum number of times the listing can be relisted automatically.

<figure><img src="/files/tVKc26Pq4tQDCozUtw4C" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Relist Manually-Ended Listings</strong></summary>

This toggle decides whether listings manually ended using LitCommerce are eligible for automatic relisting.

* If enabled, manually ended listings will be included in the auto-relist process.

* If disabled, manually ended listings will be excluded from the auto-relist process.

<figure><img src="/files/o7h37XMxQRWfeoRGAvw3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

eBay Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the Templates and Template Rules on the LitCommerce eBay channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay Custom Description Template

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is an eBay Custom Description Template?**</mark>

A product description on eBay presents key details about your item. All content must adhere to [eBay’s listing policies](https://www.ebay.com/help/policies/listing-policies/item-description-policy?id=4372).

You can apply custom templates to your eBay product descriptions. These optional HTML files define the layout, font styles, colors, and overall design of the description. Templates may also include CSS to add enhanced styling.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to set up an eBay Custom Description Template?**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Create a Custom Description Template on eBay**</mark>

It is possible to build your own Custom Description Template directly on eBay by writing an HTML file with your preferred structure and design. The built-in editor provides simple formatting features for editing your content.

Alternatively, several third-party services can help you create custom eBay templates, such as LitCommerce. They offer more visually polished layouts and customization features. Keep in mind that some services may require a subscription or charge additional fees.

Check out [this article](https://developer.ebay.com/api-docs/user-guides/static/mip-user-guide/mip-about-description-templates.html) for more information about the eBay Custom Description Template.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Set up an eBay Custom Description Template in LitCommerce**</mark>

LitCommerce offers multiple methods to customize your eBay descriptions. Choose the one that best suits you.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Customize descriptions with the built-in eBay Template Designs feature**</mark>

The LitCommerce custom description feature lets you create templates from scratch or use pre-designed layouts within the interface.

This helps you create well-structured product descriptions that both showcase your listings and provide buyers with essential information.

More details on LitCommerce eBay Template Designs can be found [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-template-designs).

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Customize descriptions using your own HTML tags**</mark>

If you already have your own HTML templates [on eBay](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-custom-description-template#create-a-custom-description-template-on-ebay), use the HTML Editor to edit your template for eBay listings. This gives you more control over formatting, layout, and embedded content directly in LitCommerce.

The HTML Editor allows for extended code flexibility, supporting any HTML tags permitted by eBay. View [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/html-tags-in-ebay-descriptions) to learn more.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can toggle between two editing modes: Rich Text Editor and HTML Editor as needed. Note that the Rich Text Editor only supports a limited set of HTML tags. More related information can be found** [**HERE**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template#editors)**.**
{% endhint %}

Follow the guide below to set up your Custom Description Template in LitCommerce.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the eBay tab from the Templates & Rules section on the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/Aj55MwiklCZMRRIZQKDV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, go to the LitCommerce eBay channel and select `Listing Templates/Rules` under `More Actions` to view your templates.

<figure><img src="/files/rxz7wickAwxg7L2vsg1v" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Add New` next to the Title & Description Template.

<figure><img src="/files/RKxsOGQnpe8ItXRqIL9f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Switch to HTML Editor`.

<figure><img src="/files/BCiiUVXpvLjhtVOZ790r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Copy your custom description HTML codes, open the `Source Code` tab, and paste them in the Description section.

<figure><img src="/files/rUlrE84rcNeUZXQpkEwI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Make changes to the description if needed.

You can also utilize attribute mapping to dynamically populate data like product title, price, SKU, and more from the Main Store to the eBay description. View more details about attribute mapping in [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/how-to-create-ebay-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template).

<figure><img src="/files/2x6yilAP4pCeXW1T2P1v" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the data.

<figure><img src="/files/8fi9rGDt95UZJt80uLjp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

LitCommerce allows users to preview templates before applying them to the listing.

<figure><img src="/files/X7ZU9oIrfxIOCD083xk7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Then, navigate back to the LitCommerce eBay channel, click `Apply Template/Rules` after selecting your listings, and choose the desired template to assign it.

<figure><img src="/files/UwizSnqDVe3Dy9OsKEjY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Finally, use the `Update To eBay` action to push your Custom Description Template data to the marketplace.

<figure><img src="/files/qqNIS38MqwYOTnZXmff2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay Template Designs

Well-structured and visually appealing descriptions help your eBay listings stand out and improve buyer experience.

The LitCommerce eBay Template Designs feature provides built-in layouts that let you customize and organize your product descriptions directly within the interface.

This article introduces the feature and guides you in utilizing it.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to access eBay Template Designs**</mark>

To access eBay Template Designs, click on your LitCommerce eBay channel. The feature will appear as a `Designer` sub-section under the selected channel.

<figure><img src="/files/fgUwTprkEuhQfUjCCfuJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can also find this feature in the Title & Description Template by following the steps below.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the eBay tab from the Templates & Rules section on the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/Qejow7IFFsQmZbjMLy1O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

As another option, go to the LitCommerce eBay channel and select `Listing Templates/Rules` under `More Actions` to view your templates.

<figure><img src="/files/GG5AK5rsASpRt1xXoJNF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Add New` next to the Title & Description Template.

<figure><img src="/files/9z7auMHrX6CkSRLVmiZA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `eBay Template Designs`.

<figure><img src="/files/UcK0g43mZc3tvCb7ONJE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on `Import Now` next to “Have an InkFrog template?” if you would like to customize your existing InkFrog templates using LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/zmrW7Uq8jnwFV4a2Qxr3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A pop-up will appear displaying all available created templates for selection. You can edit the existing ones by hovering over them and clicking `Edit Template`. Click `Use this template` to apply the layout to this template’s description.

<figure><img src="/files/En37y5FBPpmL3UmAGi8v" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, choose `Template Designer` to open the eBay Template Designs tool.

<figure><img src="/files/aXJDrkIXmX28VMK9e0AM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to create eBay Template Designs**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 1: Choose how to create a template**</mark>

The LitCommerce eBay Template Designs feature offers the following three methods to generate a custom description template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Create using LitCommerce designer templates**</mark>

Choose from LitCommerce’s collection of pre-designed templates that include general product information and layouts tailored to different categories. These can be found in the `Templates` on the left sidebar menu.

Each template is organized into its own category. Use the search bar to find the one you need.

<figure><img src="/files/oZ5szUIyc1gfaekQ81RL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Import InkFrog template**</mark>

Use the `Import InkFrog Templates` section on the left sidebar menu to transfer your custom InkFrog templates and make them editable in LitCommerce.

This section lets you migrate existing InkFrog description templates into the LitCommerce eBay Template Designs tool to continue using their current layouts without rebuilding from scratch in LitCommerce.

Simply provide a template name, paste the exported InkFrog HTML codes into the editor, and save the template. Imported templates will appear under the My Templates section for future editing and management.

<figure><img src="/files/j0nJoZ03UvCnxrmSISzF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **LitCommerce automatically rehosts images in the imported template to LitCommerce-hosted storage. This prevents broken image references after InkFrog discontinues.**

* **Export is only supported for templates created using the Designer option in InkFrog. After export, convert InkFrog tags into LitCommerce-supported tags, which use the** [**Jinja template language**](https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/en/stable/templates/#variables)**. Common fields that require conversion include Product title and Description. In LitCommerce, these values correspond to the following supported tags:**
  * **{{title}}**
  * **{{description}}**
    {% endhint %}

If you encounter difficulties during the process, contact us for assistance.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Create using a basic default layout**</mark>

Select the `Create new template` section on the left sidebar menu to open a basic default layout without preconfigured content, allowing full customization of product and business information.

You can add, adjust, and remove elements to suit your listings better.

<div><figure><img src="/files/f8XTkLKQn8sHQvRujHrn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/qK0ITBpmwgpfFUgSOMeu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 2: Configure the editing workspace**</mark>

Start by adding a name for the template. This helps distinguish it from other templates in eBay Template Designs.

<figure><img src="/files/z3QbBznn2nyr1bMcJin8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can utilize the Editor Toolbar to control and customize the editing workspace. It consists of the following:

* **Display modes:** Supports desktop, tablet, and mobile.

* **View components:** Displays borders around each component in the layout for easier identification and editing. This option is recommended.

* **Fullscreen:** Expands the template editor to occupy the entire screen, providing a larger workspace

* **Undo/Redo:** Reverts/restores the most recent action.

<figure><img src="/files/tVQRtmMESYIwPFqlwdww" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 3: Edit the template**</mark>

A custom description template is built using multiple content blocks composed of different elements. Customize and manage these blocks and elements through the Style and Blocks tabs.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Blocks**</mark>

The Block tab opens automatically when you access a template. Drag and drop blocks into the editor workspace to add them and start customizing.

<figure><img src="/files/fg1qWYrpQEeTZiMu9dH0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<details>

<summary><strong>Basics</strong></summary>

This section contains essential product information blocks that can be added to your description template. These blocks correspond to embedded product attribute mappings, allowing LitCommerce to retrieve data from the Main Store and display it on eBay listings.

Available blocks include Title, Description, Identifier, Shipping, and Price.

<figure><img src="/files/VRxD7u2P28H18aiVH7FA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Media</strong></summary>

This section provides visual content blocks such as Image Block, Image, and Icon. Use these blocks to add multimedia elements to your template.

<figure><img src="/files/otRLj722umsgno7AAuOq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Add images by using external URLs or select from the existing ones in the Image Library.

<figure><img src="/files/hEzuOoCYWnpSpOlIxhDB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Layout</strong></summary>

This section contains structural blocks used to organize and arrange content within your eBay description template. These blocks help create more visually balanced layouts by separating content into columns and containers.

It consists of the following options: 2 Columns, 3 Columns, 30/70 Columns, Resizable Columns, and Container.

<figure><img src="/files/LJmKL9XSZENKD6WmgkI7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**You cannot change the existing layouts of pre-defined blocks within LitCommerce's built-in description templates. To apply a different layout configuration, delete the current block and reinsert the preferred layout block.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>

This section provides text-based blocks such as Heading 1, Heading 2, Heading 3, Heading 4, Paragraph, Button, Link, Bullet List, and Numbered List for structuring content within the template.

<figure><img src="/files/l4jeFzzwX8GpVj28CInV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Extra</strong></summary>

This section consists of supplemental and advanced content blocks designed to extend template functionality and improve presentation. Supported elements include Dropdown, Divider, Table, Custom HTML, Gallery (Nav Thumbs), Promo Card, and Tabs.

<figure><img src="/files/wDEB3ZDcnJrUUzo7cSKg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Style**</mark>

The Style tab offers customization settings used to control the appearance and formatting of selected blocks within the template.

<figure><img src="/files/z7RStsX3akj51PnSjnPE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<details>

<summary><strong>Size &#x26; Spacing</strong></summary>

This section allows you to control the dimensions and spacing of the selected block within the template. Available options include Width, Height, Margin, and Padding controls.

<figure><img src="/files/Q8CMncd93SRZGiLDp4Cu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Text</strong></summary>

This section provides typography customization controls for the selected component. Supported properties include Font family, Line height, Text align, and Text shadow.

<figure><img src="/files/31g1NmCRCJkoXAHZoEJi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Background &#x26; Border</strong></summary>

This section lets you control the visual styling of the selected block. It consists of Background color, Border radius, Border, Box shadow, and Background.

<figure><img src="/files/wQhDte0Jky0jfltfYECT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Screen Visibility</strong></summary>

This section allows you to set which devices the selected block/element will appear on, including Desktop, Tablet, and Mobile.

<figure><img src="/files/vTb7rFtuDN7mpYjlFM8D" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Layout &#x26; Position</strong></summary>

This section provides options to control how the selected block/element is arranged and positioned within the template. You can configure display behavior, floating alignment, positioning type, and placement offsets.

<figure><img src="/files/Sflj4xusOITkQxaoDLgc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Flex Box Properties</strong></summary>

This section lets you control the alignment and arrangement of elements within a flex block. Adjust the following: Flex direction, Flex wrap, Justify Content, Align items, and Align content.

<figure><img src="/files/qBykBRcT9x39fLmIO83o" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Flex Box Properties is only available when clicking on blocks that support flex layout.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Visual Effects</strong></summary>

This section allows you to customize visual behaviors such as Opacity, Transition, and Transformation for the selected block.

<figure><img src="/files/aW1kQRPxesPGH3A9tXLF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Step 4: Save the template**</mark>

Once the layouts are ready, you can save the description template in LitCommerce. Look at the top-right corner and click `Save`/`Save As`.

<figure><img src="/files/AKwBOnlDbpcq9GQL0Hcx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click `Preview` to preview templates with the eBay interface layout before applying them to the listings.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RbHylUKDAcPDOseYtK5e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Then, navigate back to the Title & Description Template, open `eBay Template Designs`, and click `Use This Template` on the newly created custom description template.

<div><figure><img src="/files/hdbusflHe9KQ5vLiFENU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/KTMGuQS6EbReG6PDOcy2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

After that, go to the LitCommerce eBay channel, click `Apply Template/Rules` after selecting your listings, and choose the desired template to assign it.

<figure><img src="/files/1CNa4fu4irVHjZEeTiX4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Finally, use the `Publish to eBay` or  `Update To eBay` action to push your custom description template to the marketplace.

<figure><img src="/files/nraW3jCH47o1FhZ23daB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to manage eBay Template Designs**</mark>

You can manage your eBay custom description templates using the sections below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**My Templates**</mark>

This section displays all custom description templates created using the LitCommerce eBay Template Designs tool.

* **Edit:** Simply hover over each template and click `Edit` to make adjustments.

<figure><img src="/files/om0e9xmyfSWcZYF3LcnW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Duplicate:** Click on the `Duplicate` button to create a new copy of the selected template.

<figure><img src="/files/nniI895jCxiDsepaqjU4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Delete:** Remove a template by clicking the `Bin` icon near the bottom-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/5E57BkEsCz48bpXzUTfv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Settings**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Store Logo**</mark>

Set an image as the store logo to apply across all eBay templates.

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce supports images under PNG, JPG, and WebP formats with a maximum file size of 1 MB.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/vGdeZFHY2k7E4XSAYL0L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Store Categories**</mark>

Store Categories are custom categories you create on eBay to organize listings within your own eBay Store.

Use this setting to retrieve your eBay store categories for displaying in the custom description templates.

<figure><img src="/files/4RWxkwAUmUgCbFmRBsA2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click `Sync Categories From eBay` to update the store categories list in LitCommerce whenever you add new ones on eBay.**&#x20;

**The button `Save and Update Template` saves the changes, making them available for immediate use.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/iDry2XFv4QgyXS3rMjcm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Image Library**</mark>

This setting stores all of your uploaded images in LitCommerce for later use in the custom description templates.

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce allows a maximum of 20 images to be stored in the Image Library. You can upload images in PNG, JPG, and WebP formats, up to 2 MB per file.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/SnFtkWIcOSmFF4kNbCbs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/tg2dIbMDL1mNLJPAOvPn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have Image URLs, use them to upload the corresponding images to LitCommerce vía `Import From URL`.**
{% endhint %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/QzInKn7MSMvboYz2yZEJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/sYWLnnKizlndzKbv1bxq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# HTML tags in eBay descriptions

Formatting plays a key role in how your eBay listings appear to buyers. HTML tags let you add structure and style for clearer, more engaging descriptions.

This article introduces the HTML tags and how eBay and LitCommerce support them.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What are HTML tags?**</mark>

HTML tags are elements used to structure and format text on a webpage or product listing. They define how content should appear, such as headings, bold text, links, or lists.

Each tag is enclosed in angle brackets (< >) and usually comes in pairs: an opening and a closing tag.

* **An opening tag** (e.g.,\<p>) indicates where formatting begins.
* **A closing tag** (e.g.,\</p>) indicates where the formatting ends.

Any text placed between these tags is affected by the formatting rule. For example:

\<b>Product\</b> **→** displays the “Product” text in bold.&#x20;

\<i>LitCommerce\</i> **→** displays the “LitCommerce” text in italics.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**HTML tags in eBay descriptions**</mark>

eBay allows a variety of HTML tags in listing descriptions, including:

* \<a> for creating hyperlinks.
* \<b> or \<strong> for making text bold.
* \<br> for inserting line breaks.
* \<div> for defining a section or division.
* \<h1> to \<h6> for creating headings.
* \<hr> for inserting horizontal lines.
* \<i> or \<em> for making text italic.
* \<img> for inserting images.
* \<li> for creating list items.
* \<ol> for creating ordered (numbered) lists.
* \<p> for creating paragraphs.
* \<span> for applying styles to a part of text.
* \<sub> for creating subscript text.
* \<sup> for creating superscript text.
* \<table> for creating tables.
* \<tbody> for grouping table rows.
* \<td> for creating table cells.
* \<tfoot> for defining table footers.
* \<th> for defining table header cells.
* \<thead> for defining table header sections.
* \<tr> for creating table rows.
* \<u> for underlining text.
* \<ul> for creating unordered (bulleted) lists.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Active content (e.g., animation or video via JavaScript, Cookie, Iframe, plugins, or form actions) is not permitted by eBay. Links included in the listing description using HTML tags must adhere to** [**the platform’s links policy**](https://www.ebay.com/help/policies/listing-policies/links-policy?id=4248)**.**

**Not meeting eBay’s requirements will affect your listing's visibility and performance.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You may incorporate CSS with HTML tags to make listing descriptions more flexible and visually appealing.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How LitCommerce handles HTML tags in eBay descriptions**</mark>

LitCommerce supports any HTML tags permitted by eBay. You can use these tags to control how your product descriptions are displayed on eBay by utilizing [the Rich Text or HTML Editors](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template#editors).

The tool will retain any custom data input into the Description section. Refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-custom-description-template) for more details.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Enable the `Clean Listing Description` feature in** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-channel-settings#other-settings) **to automatically remove any unsupported HTML tags.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay Common Errors

When working with eBay listings in LitCommerce, you may come across errors returned by eBay during the listing or update process.

This article provides general guidance on how to resolve them.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Error caused by missing required fields**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**The item specific \[Field] is missing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/YpqnFVsyNJbrjuDLmY8y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error occurs when values for one or more required item specifics are not provided. eBay mandates that all necessary fields be completed for a listing to be successfully published and made available for purchase on the marketplace.

To fix this, review the error message, go to the Required Item Specifics section under the Category tab, and fill in the missing values. Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Once all mandatory item specifics are completed, click `Save & Publish` to resubmit your listing to eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/5GOKlEEvd7rJxz1IFmen" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Image Required**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/fSHd7rVacORqN7LvHgxT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You may encounter this error when product images are not included in the listing. Fix it by following the steps below:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Add images to the corresponding product in your Main Store.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Wait approximately 15 minutes for the images to update automatically in the LitCommerce All Products section (if the Auto Update feature is enabled). Otherwise, you can click `Update From Main Store` to trigger an immediate update.

<figure><img src="/files/Gw9xTtJKqnzMdKxhBE5Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the LitCommerce eBay channel, navigate to the Images tab in the listing details page, and click `Load Images from Main Store` to update the images in your eBay listing.

<figure><img src="/files/4V0Vs8hcwkPa4cL4mq5R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Save & Publish` to republish the listing on eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/N1ZaEWDCI4AdRUcO51QN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**In some cases, this error may still appear on your listing even when product images have already been provided. This usually happens because eBay has not yet fully processed the image data.**&#x20;

**To resolve the issue, click `Load Images From Main Store`, then republish your listing to push the updated images to eBay.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Error caused by conflicts with eBay requirements**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title can be up to 80 characters**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/aakfhWEbW12uwnvQ1ugv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

eBay allows a maximum of 80 characters for product titles. Exceeding this limit will result in the marketplace returning an error message for the listing.

You can fix it by editing the title on the listing details page and clicking `Save & Publish` to update it on eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/aLDWAjFF6tMlQc1QxjBu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, enable the `Auto Trim Title` feature in the [eBay Channel Settings](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-channel-settings#other-settings) to ensure titles are automatically shortened to comply with the 80-character limit. This affects both existing and newly added listings on the channel.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**The variation name you have specified is not allowed**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/ek3uRkI5k7pGJ5sk4fCw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error appears because eBay does not allow variant attribute names to match the names of default fields or item specifics used by the marketplace.

To resolve it, navigate to the Variations tab within the listing details page and modify any variant attribute names that match eBay default fields or item specifics. Then, click `Save & Publish` to resubmit your listing.

<figure><img src="/files/aNcLEiBnJUpUCkQ6nY91" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**The specified listing category does not support multi-variation (multi-SKU) listings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/2vKidXysCyc3sBFHufB2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Note that not all eBay categories support listings with a variant format. Choosing the incorrect category will prevent your listings from being listed on eBay.

You can narrow down the options by enabling the `Variation Enabled Only` toggle. This helps filter out categories that do not support variant listings.

<figure><img src="/files/f1ru4oZJ8IsHz3q74v1o" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Changing the category will require re-entering data in the associated item specifics. Make sure to double-check the information during the process.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**This listing would cause you to exceed the number of items and amount you can list**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/JqXvfxKBjtNITPw7X3cq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

eBay applies selling limits to all seller accounts. Each account has a monthly cap based on the number of items you can list and the maximum selling amount.

This means you can only list a limited number of products per month, up to a capped total value. This limit varies by account and is determined by your selling history, performance, and other factors. Find more information about eBay selling limits [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/listings/selling-limits?id=4107).

If you encounter an error due to the selling limit being exceeded, there are a few workarounds for it using the eBay Channel Settings:

* **Main Store products that do not track inventory (No Manage Stock):** When listed on the LitCommerce eBay channel, their quantity is automatically set to 999 by default. To reduce the total quantity displayed on eBay, you can adjust the feature `For No Manage Stock listings, automatically set quantity to` to 1-2. This allows you to list more items within your selling limit.

<figure><img src="/files/vMbySXnDTLow5wW8wLok" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Main Store products that track inventory (Manage Stock):** The `Maximum Quantity` setting helps cap the stock from your Main Store at a specific value. To ensure your products on eBay stay within the selling limit even if you have more in stock in your Main Store, adjust the Maximum Quantity to 1–2.

<figure><img src="/files/mMSPHFruNiVK7rb6Xtd7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**In case the solutions above do not work, you may** [**request eBay**](https://www.ebay.com/help/action?topicId=4107\&af=2) **to increase your selling limit.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Error while syncing: The price for this item cannot be updated since it is a part of a sale**</mark>

By default, eBay’s sale settings do not allow price updates to listings while a promotion is active.

Due to eBay API requirements, inventory and price from LitCommerce must be sent to the marketplace simultaneously when either of these data sync processes occurs. As a result, you may encounter this error message.

<figure><img src="/files/sW8MHS4R11yabuVIc693" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**For simple listings, inventory and price are independent and can be sent to eBay separately. The error message will only appear when Price Sync is enabled.**
{% endhint %}

This can easily be fixed by following the steps below:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Head to the [sale event](https://export.ebay.com/en/services-tools/discounts-manager/sale-event/) on your eBay Seller Hub and select the running event.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Uncheck the box `Keep items in this sale and block revisions for price increases`.

<figure><img src="/files/cquIcRurhmddDdeNfPhd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Uncheck the box `Keep items in this sale and block revisions for price increases` will exclude the listings from the promotion when their price is updated. You can manually put them on sale again directly on eBay.**
{% endhint %}

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the sale setting.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once all steps are completed, LitCommerce will automatically sync the data to eBay within 15 minutes and clear the error message. You can also trigger the update manually by selecting `Update to eBay`.

<figure><img src="/files/DDDz0mla37sa5syxL1Gu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Error while syncing: You are not allowed to revise ended listing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/tusJ7uexc61sEFwkANQf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

eBay does not allow modifying product details for ended listings. This also applies to listings managed via LitCommerce.

If Auto Relist is disabled while other sync features remain active, any data updates sent from LitCommerce will cause eBay to return an error for ended listings.

To resolve it, simply use the `Relist on eBay` action to relist the listings on eBay and maintain the sync flow.

<figure><img src="/files/ek8e6EwNrEljwmzgxANU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In some cases, your listings may not be relisted due to the following reasons:

* The listing has been ended on eBay for more than 90 days.
* The listing in LitCommerce has a quantity of 0 when being relisted.
* The listing in LitCommerce has certain data conflicts with its corresponding listing on eBay when being relisted.

You can utilize the `Sell Similar` action to make your listings active on eBay. More details on Relist and Sell Similar can be found in [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-relist-vs-sell-similar).

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay Channel Settings

This guide provides a step-by-step walk-through of the eBay Channel Settings. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with your linked eBay listings.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/lyYLs43gDbjHMHQ4M673" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

You can edit the channel name displayed on the LitCommerce application by clicking on the box.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Store URL**</mark>

The eBay Store URL will be automatically pulled from eBay once your store is successfully connected to LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Marketplace**</mark>

This section displays which region your eBay store is being connected to.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This displays the status connection between your eBay store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on `Test Connection` to verify the connection status.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/735kxQhOaSZ1pvCg9xJc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The eBay Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

Additionally, if the store is eligible for the [eBay Strike-Through Program](https://developer.ebay.com/api-docs/user-guides/static/trading-user-guide/discount-pricing-strikethru.html), you can enable it for your eBay listings.&#x20;

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/mLBQaxvWsOiNDvT2ynT8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The eBay Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

It also includes additional settings tailored to eBay’s marketplace as follows:

<figure><img src="/files/5ZjBu3IFGgRgghEvo2yp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**eBay Out Of Stock Control**</mark>

By default, your listings will automatically be marked as "Ended" when the Inventory reaches zero.

Toggle this button to keep the listings Active with an "Out of Stock" status. This allows you to continue selling once they are back in stock, preserving the sales history and reviews.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Relist Fixed Price Item**</mark>

By default, a listing is ended on eBay can not be edited. This option allows the listing to be automatically relisted once the product is back in stock in the Main Store.

Newly listed items on eBay will be automatically linked to the corresponding product in the Main Store to ensure accurate inventory synchronization.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Relist Auction Item**</mark>

An Auction listing can only be set with a quantity of 1. Once the auction ends or the listing expires, it will automatically be marked as "Ended."

If there is remaining stock in the Main Store, this option will automatically relist the Auction listing.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/7dsvPEqKEeZOudKvFd47" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The eBay Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other Settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/9iZwue0wlPMtHL1fZzTG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

If the SKU between your Main Store and eBay does not match, turn on this setting to sync the SKU from the Main Store to eBay.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, the sync frequency is 15 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Toggle this setting to sync Product Titles from your Main Store to eBay automatically. The system will update titles every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Trim Title**</mark>

eBay titles are limited to 80 characters. Enable this setting to automatically shorten titles at the last complete word to meet the platform’s requirements.

{% hint style="info" %}
**When first enabled, only new updates will trigger the Trim function. Afterward, updates will run every 15 minutes.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync Product Descriptions from your Main Store to eBay. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Clean Listing Description**</mark>

Enable this option to remove restricted elements like JavaScript, Cookies, and Iframe HTML tags from listing descriptions.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Add New Variants**</mark>

Enable this setting to allow LitCommerce to automatically add new Main Store variations to the corresponding linked eBay listings.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **This setting only works when variant attribute names are the same on both eBay and the Main Store.**

* **Variations will only be automatically added to the LitCommerce eBay Channel. Perform `Save & Publish` or `Update To eBay` to send the new variations to the marketplace.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your eBay listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>&#x20;

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when eBay orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/i1vNMyVGBrnvr3VS64LY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from eBay to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/Ye5QiTL4PsSp3KCHnOn6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Carrier Service Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/T8PIqz39n2HOxaoeBT62" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Main Store carrier service is not available on eBay, orders fulfilled by that carrier may lack complete tracking information.

Enable this option to map the Main Store carriers to eBay carriers. This ensures accurate tracking details appear in eBay Order Tracking.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Square or PrestaShop Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the eBay Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/UsvIPDxnLe74dkEkjrW1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the eBay channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/U71JdSbHIDtJ9aWk7Hnb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Manage variation images on eBay

eBay allows up to 24 images per listing for both single and variant listings. For variant listings, each variation can have its own assigned images, but these must originate from the parent listing’s image set (maximum 24 images). Refer to [this article](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/listings/adding-pictures-listings?id=4148) for more details.

In the Images tab under each LitCommerce listing details page, you can drag and drop to rearrange the images to your preference.

Additionally, remove the redundant images by hovering over them and click `x` on the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/9M4MMYP44vKU7kB88zKo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This article walks you through how to manage your eBay variation images in LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How LitCommerce automatically assigns images to your variations**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listings with only one variant attribute**</mark>

If the listing only has one variant attribute (e.g. Color), LitCommerce will automatically transfer the corresponding variant images from the Main Store to the eBay listing.

Variations that do not have an image assigned in the Main Store will take the product thumbnail image as the default.

<figure><img src="/files/QEUikPMwj4Sr8EqAmAlh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listings with more than one variant attribute**</mark>

You can only map eBay variation images using one variant attribute. For eBay listings with two or more variant attributes (e.g. Color and Size), LitCommerce automatically assigns variation images according to the variant attribute that has only one image per option.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Auto-assign images only apply when the listings are first added from All Products to the LitCommerce eBay channel. Later updates to existing listings will not trigger this feature.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to manage variation images manually in LitCommerce**</mark>

For variant listings, LitCommerce offers the ability to manually assign images for each variation using the `Manage Variation Images` button. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Head to the LitCommerce eBay channel and click on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/YO5AHzrPFX6XKrdBesv1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the Variations tab and click `Manage Variation Images`.

<figure><img src="/files/I340rMacEDFRpQdqTD2e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the desired variant attribute, then click on each variation option to assign the corresponding images.

<figure><img src="/files/JvB6WsD6tt9kXgbQc7s6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to the eBay API limitation, only 12 images can be mapped per variation in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Save`.

<figure><img src="/files/ycFdZOXfNK4HtinAykJR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once the variation images are set, click `Save & Publish` to send the new image data to eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/zkJ2xTMfGcTiiG61LvrT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use `Load Images From Main Store` to reload the updated parent images from your Main Store to the corresponding eBay listings for selection.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/huPUScKu2NwbBstuQGVo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Understanding eBay Motors in LitCommerce

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is eBay Motors?**</mark>

[eBay Motors](https://www.ebay.com/b/Auto-Parts-and-Vehicles/6000/bn_1865334) is eBay’s specialized marketplace section for vehicles, auto parts, accessories, and related automotive products.

eBay Motors is designed to support vehicle-based search, not just keyword search. Compared to regular eBay listings, eBay Motors parts and accessories listings are recommended to include more detailed product data, accurate item specifics, and fitment information. This information helps buyers find compatible parts, improves listing visibility, and reduces compatibility-related returns.

The marketplace section is available only for eBay US. Other eBay regions may have separate automotive categories for related listings.

<figure><img src="/files/C8af1Auyh6W6UFgDCmAE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

More details on eBay Motors can be found [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/selling/selling-vehicles-parts-accessories?id=4647\&st=3\&pos=1\&query=Selling%20vehicles%2C%20parts%2C%20and%20accessories\&intent=ebay%20motors\&lucenceai=lucenceai\&docId=HELP1347).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What you need to know about eBay Motors in LitCommerce**</mark>

LitCommerce supports eBay Motors as part of the eBay US marketplace, similar to other eBay categories.

For certain categories under `eBay Motors > Parts & Accessories` that support Compatibility information, LitCommerce displays a corresponding dedicated section for managing vehicle fitment details. This helps define which vehicles your parts are compatible with.

You can follow the steps below to access this section:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Access your targeted eBay channel and click on a listing title to open the Category tab in the listing details page.

<div><figure><img src="/files/i9tGGYNLAVpTHxTR9POJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/9zodxZuK8tz7P8dot2SN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Alternatively, enter the eBay Category Template from the Templates & Rules section on the sidebar menu.

<div><figure><img src="/files/D46bArsIdNHxheYfLGrh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/M14KuX5gKqLdkkYvjjeq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select or browse for a Primary Category under `eBay Motors > Parts & Accessories`.

<figure><img src="/files/RNNe7D9elVE4IaAa7iL4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Scroll down to find the Compatibility section, if available.

<figure><img src="/files/RqNJUyUrXr0DbeZqz4wg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Compatibility data is displayed in a table format with dropdown fields, allowing you to select values from predefined options. The table may include the following fields, which vary depending on the selected category:

<table><thead><tr><th width="112.99996948242188">Field</th><th width="475">Description</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Year</strong></td><td><p>The vehicle production year that the part or accessory fits.</p><p></p><p>This helps buyers check compatibility based on their vehicle model year.</p></td><td>2020</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Make</strong></td><td>The vehicle manufacturer or brand.</td><td>Ford</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Model</strong></td><td>The vehicle model that the part or accessory is compatible with.</td><td>F-150</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Submodel</strong></td><td><p>A more specific version or variant of the vehicle model, if available.</p><p></p><p>This may be used to narrow compatibility when the same model has different configurations.</p></td><td>Lariat</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Trim</strong></td><td><p>The trim level or package of the vehicle.</p><p></p><p>Trim can affect compatibility because different trims may use different parts or specifications.</p></td><td>SSV Crew Cab Pickup 4-Door</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Engine</strong></td><td><p>The engine type, size, or configuration of the compatible vehicle.</p><p></p><p>This is important for parts that depend on engine specifications.</p></td><td>3.5L 3496CC 213Cu. In. V6 GAS DOHC Turbocharged</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Note</strong></td><td><p>Additional fitment information or exceptions that buyers should know before purchase.</p><p></p><p>Use this field to clarify special conditions, restrictions, or installation notes.</p></td><td>Fits 4WD models only</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can duplicate existing rows to add similar compatibility data for easier editing or delete them.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/DmQODDyQpcIjzZqOV1aq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**For bulk management, LitCommerce supports importing compatibility data from CSV/XLSX files and exporting existing compatibility data when needed. Imported data will override the existing table information.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/gow8vdp6XaO3uTGs0U9N" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Understanding eBay Strike-Through Pricing Program

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is eBay Strike-Through Pricing?**</mark>

[eBay's Strike-Through Pricing (STP)](https://developer.ebay.com/api-docs/user-guides/static/trading-user-guide/discount-pricing-strikethru.html) feature allows sellers to highlight discounted prices by displaying the original price with a strikethrough. This helps buyers see the savings at a glance, with the discounted "Buy It Now" price displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/V91rejlOwR3GUIqhvJ7y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to enable eBay Strike-Through Pricing on LitCommerce**</mark>

Before activating Strike-Through Pricing in LitCommerce, you must get approved by eBay to participate in [eBay’s Strike-Through Pricing Program](https://developer.ebay.com/support/kb-article?KBid=2002).

Once approved, follow the steps below to turn on the eBay Strike-Through Pricing on LitCommerce:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Visit the eBay Channel Settings.

<figure><img src="/files/jgFbYOTYjpESFyrLJMvk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enable the `Strikethrough Price (STP)` toggle under the Pricing section.

<figure><img src="/files/SnoF7AqjDyXo60TbR2og" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save settings at the bottom of the page.

<figure><img src="/files/Ky1UNzQJFIKOXsL0N3NW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**As of 2018, the eBay Strike-Through Pricing Program** **is no longer available to new sellers. If you are approved for the Program and cannot find the `Strikethrough Price (STP)` toggle in the Channel Settings,** [**contact us**](https://litcommerce.com/contact-us/) **for assistance.**
{% endhint %}

Once enabled, LitCommerce will use the Price as the **List Price** on eBay (which will be stricken through), and the Sale Price will appear as the new **Buy It Now** price reflecting the discount.

<figure><img src="/files/QSs4uuJ4Rlj2tXu9XN9U" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You will then see your new discounted prices on eBay.

<figure><img src="/files/YWGJMjF4tI5AvPvO7o72" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Disabling Strike-Through Pricing (STP) in LitCommerce will NOT remove it from existing eBay listings. However, any new listings created after disabling STP will no longer display a strike-through price.**
{% endhint %}

The Strike-Through Pricing Program is available in the following eBay marketplaces:

* eBay US
* eBay Great Britain
* eBay Germany
* eBay Canada (English and French)
* eBay France
* eBay Italy
* eBay Spain

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay: Relist vs Sell Similar

An ended item (either manually by the seller or sold out) will no longer be displayed on the eBay site and cannot be edited. To make it available again, sellers can choose one of the following options: **Relist** or **Sell Similar**.

This article will explain these two features and their functions within LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Relist and Sell Similar on eBay**</mark>

* **Relist:** This feature allows sellers to list a recently ended listing again. eBay will generate a new Item ID and start a new sales history, rankings, etc. for the listing.

* **Sell Similar:** This feature creates a brand-new listing by copying the exact details of the selected one from your product catalog. It generates a new eBay Item ID that has no connection to the sales history, rankings, etc. of the original item.

The following table compares the Relist and Sell Similar features to help you choose the suitable one.

| Relist                                                    | Sell Similar                                                           |
| --------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Relists a recently ended eBay listing                     | Creates a separate new eBay listing based on the selected listing data |
| Creates a new eBay Item ID                                | Creates a new eBay Item ID                                             |
| Starts brand-new sales history and product performance    | Starts brand-new sales history and product performance                 |
| Ideal for making a recently ended listing available again | Ideal for starting fresh with a new listing based on an existing one   |

{% hint style="info" %}
**Expired listings (those not being relisted after 90 days) are completely removed from the eBay system and cannot be relisted. To create new listings for these items, use the `Sell Similar` feature.**
{% endhint %}

When relisting listings, you may be responsible for standard insertion fees. Learn more about eBay fees [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/selling/fees-credits-invoices/selling-fees?id=4822).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Relist and Sell Similar in LitCommerce**</mark>

The LitCommerce eBay channel offers these two features that facilitate the bulk management of ended listings, eliminating the need to relist each item directly on the marketplace.

Follow the steps below to make your ended listings available for purchase on eBay.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the `Ended` tab in the LitCommerce eBay channel from the sidebar menu.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the desired listings, then open the `Select Action` list and select `Relist on eBay` or `Sell Similar`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/cvNyyTBDbVUc9KAGvg9d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once relisted, the listings in LitCommerce will link to the new items on eBay and unlink from the ended ones.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Manually ending a listing on the eBay site will not automatically update its status in LitCommerce. It is recommended to relist/sell similar listings from LitCommerce to keep the data consistent between LitCommerce and eBay.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Related features**</mark>

LitCommerce is designed to provide optimal solutions for users to manage their items. The [eBay Channel Settings](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/ebay/ebay-channel-settings) include features like `Auto Relist Items` to automatically relist listings and `eBay Out Of Stock Control` to prevent them from ending.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# eBay Messages: Communicate with your customers through LitCommerce

eBay provides a Messages feature for sellers and buyers to communicate. You can use it to answer product questions, share order updates, resolve concerns, and keep a record of conversations. This helps improve buyer experience and reduce potential disputes. More details on eBay Messages can be found [HERE](https://www.ebay.com/help/account/messages/messages?id=4194).

To help streamline buyer communication, LitCommerce now supports a built-in Messages feature for managing eBay messages directly within the app.

This article walks you through the eBay Messages feature in LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Access eBay Messages in LitCommerce**</mark>

Follow the steps below to access the eBay Messages feature in LitCommerce:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your LitCommerce account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Access your targeted eBay channel and open the `Channel Settings` at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/aO2okL6TsANVqt6wVMcZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Turn on the `Enable Messages Page` toggle under the Messages section.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can enable `Import eBay Notifications` to import eBay system notifications into LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/erSa1Q4eZj4pm2yGEYaT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

The eBay Messages feature will then appear as a `Messages` sub-section under the corresponding channel.

<figure><img src="/files/f5DSDhLT2Z0KUnSVb3Zs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**eBay Messages overview**</mark>

The eBay Messages interface consists of two main panels:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Message list panel**</mark>

The panel displays buyer conversations from your connected eBay channel. Each conversation shows the following:

<table><thead><tr><th width="187.99993896484375">Field</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Buyer name</strong></td><td>Shows the eBay username of the buyer who sent the message.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Subject (or item title)</strong></td><td>Shows the related product name for listing-related messages. This field is not shown for direct messages.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Received time</strong></td><td>Shows the time of the latest message.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Message preview</strong></td><td>Shows a preview of the latest buyer-sent message in the conversation.</td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/zJqOsArBoUmSL66lwXft" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

It also includes a search bar for easily locating conversations using keywords.

<figure><img src="/files/czCLkZ8A9RSf121gXW7O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Unread conversations are marked with a blue dot. LitCommerce will count the total number of unread conversations and display the number next to the `Messages` sub-section accordingly.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/R296G25Rx0OfhbANxQYd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Message details panel**</mark>

This panel displays the full selected conversation, including the buyer’s request, related eBay content, and item information when available.

<figure><img src="/files/nXBmjiXAEUe5a6GAcayS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}

* **A product banner appears for conversations linked to a specific listing. Click View Listing to open the eBay listing in a new tab.**

* **Use the `Load full conversation` action to load the full conversation history from eBay. Once loaded, the link will be hidden automatically.**
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/5uOYHakvV7htrbqGApSt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Manage your eBay messages in LitCommerce**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Reply to a message**</mark>

You can communicate with buyers using the reply box located at the bottom of the message details panel.

<figure><img src="/files/HECzc4otckicOWfFfxgn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**LitCommerce allows you to attach up to 5 images per message. Each image appears as a thumbnail preview and can be removed before sending.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/XmWhT8QXbsYD1B1HYJfl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Messages are displayed in chronological order, with the latest messages shown at the bottom.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Mark conversations as read or unread**</mark>

Select one or multiple conversations, then update their read status as needed. This helps you organize your inbox and keep track of conversations that still need attention.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**To update a single conversation**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Open the conversation.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the three-dot menu in the upper-right corner.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Mark as read` or `Mark as unread`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/FtSO8mhqHK26ZdDEh7uA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**To update multiple conversations**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select the checkboxes next to the conversations.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click on `Actions`.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Mark as read` or `Mark as unread`.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="/files/l9n99g0exzRgfVayDpfq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Hide conversations from LitCommerce**</mark>

You can hide conversations from LitCommerce to clean up your inbox without deleting them from eBay. Follow the steps below to proceed:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**To update a single conversation**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Open the conversation.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click the three-dot menu in the upper-right corner.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Hide on LitCommerce`.&#x20;

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Hide` to confirm.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/KKPQMPKXkdzT0nJVJjnR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/G8y54rCoa2Yo54gP2e9z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**To update multiple conversations**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select one or more conversations from the message list.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click on `Actions`.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select `Hide on LitCommerce`.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Hide` to confirm.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<div><figure><img src="/files/zQUbviDJqgClyZSqQ0Hz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/5l64l5vlkeXI4jz7oWIX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Hidden conversations cannot be restored manually. They will only reappear when the buyer sends a new message.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Etsy


# How to list products on Etsy

Once the Main Store and the first Sales Channel are successfully set up, all products from your Main Store will be imported to the All Products section in LitCommerce.

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list your products from the All Products section to Etsy using LitCommerce. Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Etsy channel from All Products**</mark>

To list on Etsy, you will need to add a Draft listing to the Etsy channel in LitCommerce.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section on the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/1XrkKhFC7GG1PHAsv3uJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/RgKvzgxYjMoAw5rKyvgi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Choose the Etsy channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/mebPyzLu3V2GVojn6JJ4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/rW9xCbDlLoK4rSdqA5Q0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the Etsy channel in LitCommerce**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Etsy channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/c2EA7E4BjhDrkoykae2N" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/UoElJxpithdZ15lknUfu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Vital Info.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.
* Digital Product.
* Personalization.

The data in the **Vital Info, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with Etsy's listing policies.

<figure><img src="/files/CaplTKc66yjpSHltFuLy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of two required fields: **Title** and **Description**, each displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store. You can edit both fields to customize the content specifically for Etsy.

<figure><img src="/files/hpkYw2E1qV6NV1ESSCN8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To help you easily set up the product description, LitCommerce offers the `Optimize Description For Etsy` feature for paid subscriptions. It utilizes AI (artificial intelligence) to generate content based on keywords.**

**Each generated description uses one credit. You receive credits equal to 10% of your available listing limit.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/32ZPy1bYe3VmkGfiwLNR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Etsy does not support HTML coding in listing descriptions. All HTML tags will be stripped when sending data to this marketplace.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/how-to-create-etsy-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Etsy fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. Note that Etsy only allows up to 10 images per listing, and all images must meet [Etsy’s image requirements](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015663347-Requirements-and-Best-Practices-for-Images-in-Your-Etsy-Shop?segment=selling).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Etsy listings.

<figure><img src="/files/QwWi1M8XiingpkY4xhbk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and click `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/TMSMWRUJWNDavmk0MNXj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/xbdzWTnpdQq1j3EuQnt9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, use the MSRP field to provide the manufacturer's suggested retail price of your item.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/how-to-create-etsy-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce Etsy Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/etsy-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/XbRqXCeAhdq0XzQz5uco" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, note that not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Etsy channel.

Also, the `Manage Variation Images` button is available for mapping images to their corresponding variations. You may refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/manage-variation-images-on-etsy) for more details.

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce automatically update new variations from All Products to the LitCommerce Etsy channel for Draft listings.**

**For listings from other statuses, find the `Load Variants From Main Store` button to retrieve the latest variant structure from your Main Store to the corresponding Etsy listing. Ensure that the variant options are first updated in the LitCommerce All Products section for this to work.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/IKPyXuYt6MseFaqsVQqb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select information for About This Item and Production Partners.

<figure><img src="/files/37lKBFMc2hymkeZXscao" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Search and select a Primary Category from the available options. This will show all relevant fields of that category.

<figure><img src="/files/GELV1Ey6MHlZ9v9MVTfk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of Categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/TnoO8jupwfJD3emrZnWe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have the Etsy category ID, enter it to the `Category ID:` box to automatically populate the category.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/HcdL4lEmDDbzAtcOyRyu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Once the Primary Category is selected, complete the required attributes (marked by the red asterisk) that populate below. Optional attributes can also be added.

<figure><img src="/files/ya9gcaxgSIRGwlbxF8M5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can choose the Shop Section (imported from your Etsy store) when publishing on Etsy.

<figure><img src="/files/wDNpuegKhEt8trfgVNcD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Add tags for your listing (imported from All Products when available) to increase the listing's visibility on Etsy. LitCommerce will automatically adjust tags to meet the marketplace’s standards:**

* **Remove the last letters if a tag has more than 30 characters.**
* **Keep only the first 13 tags (if more are provided).**
* **Remove special symbols.**
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/W4h9nIrCDFWeOFX6TO84" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Select the [Shipping Profile](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115014115187-How-to-Set-Up-Shipping-Information?segment=selling#h_03), [Processing Profile](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015588087-How-to-Set-Processing-Times-Processing-Profiles-and-Ship-By-Dates?segment=selling), and [Return Policy](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/7869401615255-How-do-I-Set-Return-Policies-on-My-Listings?segment=selling). You can add additional package weight and dimensions for clearer information.

<figure><img src="/files/4VflmHxPNV3iNaNduqmk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Also, utilize the** [**Shipping & Return Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/how-to-create-etsy-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-and-return-template) **for updating bulk listings.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Shipping Profile, Processing Profile, and Return Policy must be set up directly in your Etsy Shop Manager. LitCommerce will then display them for selection.**

**The tool only applies the information specified in the Shipping tab/template to the listings, without creating any new Profiles/Policies on your Etsy store.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click `Refresh` to reload the latest Shipping Profiles, Processing Profiles, and Return Policies.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/br7rDkui8ThQYYPtlLit" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Digital Product**</mark>

You can enable Digital status and upload the files to sell on Etsy.

<figure><img src="/files/urh8CCWpZW7pVIvpN4Kw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Files cannot be transferred from your Main Store and must be uploaded manually.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Personalization**</mark>

If the listing allows customization, toggle on and enter specific instructions for buyers.

<figure><img src="/files/JNrwzBpOJnClJvN3oAGT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Etsy**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Etsy. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all your changes immediately on Etsy.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/yRFgBRXxd3VYayjyWz2U" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Etsy channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Etsy`.

<figure><img src="/files/MGsqeTOmrf5U8SU3GKtt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**When publishing on Etsy, you will be charged a listing fee for each item. Read more** [**HERE**](https://www.etsy.com/legal/fees/#fee-types)**.**
{% endhint %}

Once the listings are published successfully on Etsy, they will be transferred from the Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/WVqX8togQUGT3rrToU3t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Etsy's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/0QmAyU1nXGnhDcNHEJcd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Besides, you can `Create Draft on Etsy` to review the listing before it goes live. It will be displayed under the Draft in Etsy tab in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/oLhIPhT45sOd1DP3a6YD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Etsy Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Etsy Templates and Template Rules.&#x20;

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Etsy.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping & Return Template**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Shipping Profile, Processing Profile, and Return Policy**</mark>

Select the [Shipping Profile](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115014115187-How-to-Set-Up-Shipping-Information?segment=selling#h_03), [Processing Profile](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015588087-How-to-Set-Processing-Times-Processing-Profiles-and-Ship-By-Dates?segment=selling), and [Return Policy](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/7869401615255-How-do-I-Set-Return-Policies-on-My-Listings?segment=selling) from your Etsy store.

<figure><img src="/files/ioluO8DlO8CuAZyNq6Z0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Shipping Profile, Processing Profile, and Return Policy must be set up directly in your Etsy Shop Manager. LitCommerce will then display them for selection.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click `Refresh` to reload the latest Shipping Profiles, Processing Profile, and Return Policies.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Weight And Dimension**</mark>

Choose the weight and dimension unit, then enter their values or select a Product Attribute from All Products to map.

<figure><img src="/files/9WvVxY8tKsk3Ip9IEIMy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the weight unit is selected, the weight will be automatically converted when published on Etsy. Read more** [**HERE**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/handling-product-weight-on-etsy#fix-etsy-weight-display-error)**.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

{% hint style="success" %}
**For the Shopify Main Store, you can use the `Auto assigned to Product Types` feature to automatically apply the template to new listings that match the corresponding Main Store Product Types.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/G20JMZKgGhrGPaOFfqgU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**About This Item**</mark>

Select the following information for your listings.

* Who made it?
* What is it?
* When was it made?
* [Production Partners](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000336547-Working-with-Production-Partners-on-Etsy?ref=seller-platform\&segment=selling)

<figure><img src="/files/77F9Lv6zjJrzJckt0Kto" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Enter relevant keywords to search for a Primary Category or browse from Etsy's available options.

<figure><img src="/files/aK5OLLJLmMksCCHOsUUu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have the Etsy category ID, enter the value in the `Category ID:` box to automatically populate the category.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Additional Details**</mark>

Once the Primary Category is selected, complete the additional information that populates below.

* **Shop Section:** Select a suitable Shop Section. They are created directly in your Etsy store admin.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click the `Refresh` button to update the latest Shop Sections from Etsy to LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/AcdUjk1zdNeyF4vnNeMT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Tags:** Add [tags](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000336307-How-to-Use-Tags-to-Get-Found-in-Search?segment=selling) for your listings (imported from All Products if available).

{% hint style="info" %}
**LitCommerce will automatically adjust tags to meet Etsy’s standards:**

* **Remove the last letters if a tag has more than 30 characters.**
* **Keep only the first 13 tags (if more are provided).**
* **Remove special symbols.**
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on `Use Tags from the Main Store` to automatically apply the tags from your Main Store if available.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/B4OquSTQgPuqosgSwtPW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Product Attributes:** Enter values or select from Etsy's available options. Required fields are marked by the red asterisk (\*).

<figure><img src="/files/99BIuOPUe3Epdgiehxb5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**These attributes may vary depending on the selected Primary Category.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

Modify the listing price by selecting one of the following options:

* **Price Adjustment:** Follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules). Click on `Add Adjustment` to add multiple calculations to the price.

<figure><img src="/files/3sRmuqEBkoKqCfDbNcwu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Price Preview` tool to review how the configured price rules take effect.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/gv3sBinbV5ILvS449q3p" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Price override:** Manually select a Main Store Attribute from All Products or enter a numeric value to display.

<figure><img src="/files/2VtuR8QeRJIk1MoCIhMV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Etsy does not support HTML in Product Description. They will be stripped when pushing to Etsy.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Personalization Template**</mark>

You can enter the instructions to the buyer regarding the listing customization in the Personalization Template.

* **Instructions for buyers:** Enter guidance for buyers on customization requirements.
* **Character limit for buyer response:** Set a maximum character limit for the personalization text.
* **Is Required:** Specify whether buyers must provide customization details.

<figure><img src="/files/J74rVleOgfq0jKy54PRB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

Etsy Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rules](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the Templates and Template Rules on Etsy to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to fix the Etsy error: Missing readiness state

When working with Etsy listings in LitCommerce, you may come across the error *“Error while syncing: All offerings need readiness state”*.

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F1-error_1x2caly.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error occurs because the Processing Profile information is not provided. As part of a recent Etsy update, the Processing Profile field is now available and required under the Shipping tab in the LitCommerce Etsy listing details page and within the [Shipping & Return Template](https://help.litcommerce.com/en/article/how-to-create-etsy-templates-recipes-1f3mgnw/#3-shipping-return-template).

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F2-processing-profile_cvmyfz.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Existing Active listings listed on Etsy via LitCommerce before **September 30, 2025** will be missing the Processing Profile. This results in the marketplace returning an error when the tool attempts to sync the data.

There are a few ways to resolve this:

* Manually select the appropriate Processing Profile on each listing details page and click `Save & Publish`.

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F3-manually_1pve5th.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Edit the Shipping & Return Template and save data to update the Processing Profile information for bulk listings.

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F4-shipping-template_s4kh9f.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Perform `Update From Etsy` to import the corresponding Processing Profile data into LitCommerce. This can be done in bulk.

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F5-update-from_1svw0nk.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Processing Profiles must be set up directly in your Etsy Shop Manager before selecting in LitCommerce. Refer to [this article](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015588087-How-to-Set-Processing-Times-Processing-Profiles-and-Ship-By-Dates?segment=selling) for more details.

After completing the necessary actions, wait around 60 minutes for LitCommerce to clear the error message or perform `Update To Etsy` to trigger an immediate update.

<figure><img src="https://image.crisp.chat/process/original/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstorage.crisp.chat%2Fusers%2Fhelpdesk%2Fwebsite%2F-%2F1%2F5%2F6%2F2%2F1562854a68917400%2F6-update-to_sutttn.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Manage variation images on Etsy

Etsy allows a maximum of 20 images per listing. If your listing has more images than the set limit, only the first 20 images in the Images tab will be used.

<figure><img src="/files/pb1nXgIImdZRlr9ltzzg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can drag and drop images in the LitCommerce Images tab to prioritize the ones you want at the top. If a variation is linked to an image that is not within the first 20, Etsy will automatically use the product thumbnail image for it.

Additionally, remove the redundant images by hovering over them and click `x` on the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/ZbZo3RVwH0b6VyLhuYSo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This article walks you through how to manage your Etsy variation images in LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How LitCommerce automatically assigns images to your variations**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listings with only one variant attribute**</mark>

If the listing only has one variant attribute (e.g. Size), LitCommerce will automatically transfer the corresponding variant images from the Main Store to Etsy.

Variations that do not have an image assigned in the Main Store will take the product thumbnail image as the default.

<figure><img src="/files/6qpo7hKahUPLONM96Unx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listings with more than one variant attribute**</mark>

You can only map Etsy variation images using one variant attribute. For Etsy listings with two variant attributes (e.g. Color and Size), LitCommerce automatically assigns variation images according to the variant attribute that has only one image per option.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Auto-assign images only apply when the listings are first added to the LitCommerce Etsy channel from All Products. Later updates made to existing listings will not trigger this feature.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to manage variation images manually in LitCommerce**</mark>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing with only one variant attribute**</mark>

You will need to update the variation images in the Main Store. Then, simply perform `Load Images From Main Store` to retrieve them to the Etsy listing.

After that, click `Save & Publish` to reflect the updated image data on the marketplace.

<figure><img src="/files/ozHMTtQxmYLbloU99QEP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**For bulk updating variation images, use the `Load Images From Main Store` and `Update To Etsy` actions under `Select Action`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Z6fhfZi9PylLdxVevtPk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listings with more than one variant attribute**</mark>

You can manually select which attribute to base the variation images on with the `Manage Variation Images` button. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Head to the LitCommerce Etsy channel and click on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/EU8V8P1i2mJfIDG4Al8c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the Variations tab and click `Manage Variation Images`.

<figure><img src="/files/HM2ckxwXlAWujJdawSQz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the desired Variation Type (attribute), then click on each option to assign the corresponding images.

<figure><img src="/files/29SYOmRhH2hMIYBxULbE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Save`.

<figure><img src="/files/ivJKKwjkiCkggRhyvXv0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once the variation images are set, click `Save & Publish` to send the new image data to Etsy.

<figure><img src="/files/9lhoPDCgRuWBjX7TTLvt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Handling product weight on Etsy

Weight on Etsy refers to the weight of an item before packaging for delivery. It is a required field for calculated shipping that the marketplace uses to calculate shipping costs during order fulfillment.

In LitCommerce, you can find the Weight field under the Shipping tab of each Etsy listing.

<div><figure><img src="/files/ncQtXElvu34BeHZUi8Pk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/uopH3uWY62fX7S2C1n2O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Alternatively, locate this field in the Shipping & Return Template.

<figure><img src="/files/rxnlh6BcvDa65LGRBvMV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This article gives you tips on how to handle your Etsy product weights using LitCommerce.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Adjust Etsy weights**</mark>

In addition to entering a fixed value or mapping the exact data from the Main Store, incorporating basic calculations into the mapping allows LitCommerce to adjust the weight separately for Etsy based on the Main Store data.

**Example:** You would like to increase the product weight by 2 on Etsy when compared to the Main Store. The following steps can be used:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Access the Shipping & Return Template currently in use or create a new one.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Input the following value {{ weight + 2 }} to the Weight field.

<figure><img src="/files/HpEoGWw47Wr1RgUB4MG7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Complete the remaining fields.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Save the updated data in the Shipping & Return Template.

<figure><img src="/files/0SJee8iiGxVngYb3Ocru" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Apply the template to selected listings before publishing or updating them to Etsy.

<figure><img src="/files/CNCjhXVkjz4GmzkOVdge" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**In case you update the existing Shipping & Return Template, the changes will be applied to all listings currently having the template applied.**
{% endhint %}

The selected Etsy listings should now displayed a weight value higher by 2 compared to the Main Store weights.

<div><figure><img src="/files/c51r9autGex5XvAV9d5e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/S47XOZzD4izcr6fSnuic" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Fix Etsy weight display error**</mark>

When managing Etsy listings using LitCommerce, you may encounter an issue where weight value does not display on the corresponding listings in the store admin. It is likely due to the weight sent from LitCommerce using a unit that Etsy does not allow.

While Etsy supports various weight units, only specific ones are allowed for each store. This is because each shipping service only accepts certain units.

To determine which units Etsy allows for your shop, follow these steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log into your Etsy seller account.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the Listings section.

<figure><img src="/files/7zuIVEPKgz3rCD6FVqiQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Add a new listing or edit an existing one.

<figure><img src="/files/G4A31bWjeUEz5ryQb55r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Scroll down to the Item Weight field and identify the available units.

<figure><img src="/files/cyjNXk3rfubXZoQBXGGr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**The units available may vary based on your country and the shipping services used.**

\
**The displayed units on Etsy may not always reflect the accepted ones. To verify supported units, try entering a value and check whether Etsy displays it correctly.**

\
**If the weight does not show up when testing different units, you may contact Etsy Support for assistance.**
{% endhint %}

Once the supported unit is located, you can change the Weight Unit in the Channel Settings or Shipping & Return Templates.

<figure><img src="/files/EmuHsSNdrG2wkQ1UoDIP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/S3eHHfZJ60p9bq3W7HRe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Etsy Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Etsy Channel Settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Etsy listings.&#x20;

\
More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/LsFeqRgGNF6Vmtb3ZIGK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Username**</mark>

This field displays the Seller ID retrieved from your Etsy store.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Store URL**</mark>

Once your Etsy store is successfully connected to LitCommerce, the tool will automatically pull the Store URL from the marketplace and display it here.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Etsy store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/SE6OCApLjquTHlP2Qk6u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Etsy Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/U1ITD8X74OS7j1gR9CYg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Etsy Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

Aside from the basics, the Inventory section also includes another setting tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Sync When Stock Is Below**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/UbaBFg8IARD4EoBtH9Xt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Due to the Etsy API’s rate limit, LitCommerce syncs this channel's data every 60 minutes. Syncing every inventory adjustment can exhaust the allowed quota, temporarily preventing other listing updates from being processed.

This feature allows you to control when LitCommerce updates the inventory data to Etsy. Instead of syncing every single change, LitCommerce will only push inventory updates when the Main Store product’s quantity falls below a number you define.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/9ZTYqfkLQYYhXg9xAMGq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Etsy Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to Etsy API limitations, stores located in the United States, Türkiye, Canada, Germany, France, Bulgaria, Italy, Lithuania, Spain, Ukraine, Australia, Greece, Netherlands, and Portugal are subject to certain order-related restrictions. Stores in other countries are not affected.**

**Shipping address will not be imported along with the orders. LitCommerce can only retrieve buyer’s name and product-related data, including the product name, SKU, quantity, shipping fee, tax, and other order-level details, and transfer it to your Main Store.**

**There are a few ways to handle this:**

* **You can fulfill orders directly on Etsy, where all buyer information is available. This eliminates the need to import the shipping address into your Main Store.**

* **If you fulfill orders in your Main Store, simply copy the shipping address from Etsy and manually enter it into the corresponding orders.**

**If orders are fulfilled in your Main Store, LitCommerce cannot sync the order status and tracking numbers to Etsy. This is also because of the same API limitations. You may refer to** [**this article**](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/26654295371031-How-to-Use-a-Third-Party-Provider-to-Ship-Your-Order?segment=selling) **for more details.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Default Country for Incomplete Order (for Wix Main Store)**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/42CQwP68Kbpnk1EiIUVu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Etsy API limitation causes orders imported from this marketplace via LitCommerce to exclude the shipping address. This led to the orders being automatically marked as fulfilled when imported to the Wix Main Store.

Use this feature to assign a default country for Wix orders, preventing missing data and avoiding incorrect status updates.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/n9MK07Flhay35pQCGJpW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Publish with Auto-Renew**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Etsy listings that are inactive, sold out, or expired on the marketplace are only purchasable after being renewed. You can renew them either manually or automatically. More details can be found** [**HERE**](https://help.etsy.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000344368-How-to-Renew-or-Hide-Your-Listings?segment=selling)**.**
{% endhint %}

Tailored specifically for the Etsy channel, this feature allows you to enable automatic renewal for new listings published from LitCommerce.

* Automatic renewal only applies to Etsy listings under Inactive or Sold Out status on the LitCommerce Etsy channel.

* Any listings that were Expired or manually set to Inactive need to be renewed manually.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

Enable this feature to sync the SKUs on your Etsy store with those in your Main Store. This helps maintain SKU consistency across connected platforms and ensures smooth management.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, it will run every 60 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Etsy. Updates occur every 60 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Etsy. Updates occur every 60 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Weight Unit**</mark>

Etsy requires selecting a weight unit before publishing a listing to ensure accurate display.

Choose one weight unit in the dropdown for automatic conversion when listing on Etsy. Learn more details [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/handling-product-weight-on-etsy#fix-etsy-weight-display-error).

{% hint style="info" %}
**When applying a** [**Shipping & Return Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/etsy/how-to-create-etsy-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-and-return-template) **that has a weight unit selected, this setting will be ignored.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Etsy listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Etsy orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/BDTEJAa6B13eAPguKfRE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Etsy to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/G1mxFa5oSXg2s3tnRcMO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Carrier Service Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/LAIJMt5GgtTzZRejdaz1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Main Store carrier service is not supported by Etsy, orders fulfilled by that carrier may lack complete tracking information.

Enable this option to map the Main Store carriers to Etsy carriers. This ensures accurate tracking details appear in Etsy Order Tracking.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, or Square Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Etsy Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/NyX1nXZkpYs3IJyuwxr9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Due to Etsy’s API Rate limits, sync processes in LitCommerce may occasionally be delayed. Refer to** [**this article**](https://developer.etsy.com/documentation/essentials/rate-limits/) **for more details. Your data will update automatically once the limit resets.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Etsy channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/qQr5zGn6qgBjhgQbuE8Q" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# TikTok Shop


# How to list products on TikTok Shop

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products on TikTok Shop using LitCommerce.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}

* **The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.**

* **Warehouses must also be fully set up in your TikTok Seller Center before publishing products via LitCommerce. Refer to** [**this article**](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=3707742691919630\&role=1\&course_type=1\&from=search) **for more information on the process.**
  {% endhint %}

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the TikTok Shop channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/JL8y68xljqPgLpxXul3c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/7T9QsmXfQXmwQDQSqtYH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the TikTok Shop channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/KMyZ3OMSZ2tozD7D7s4K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/aJrpLKbXAJbRuKTXjRVv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce TikTok Shop channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce TikTok Shop channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/YglZbn8fG1ACJYtqHe1e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/wfPigd7jB11AqpmSqps3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers.
* Vital Info.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers, Vital Info, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with [TikTok Shop's listing policies](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=3196690250417921).

<figure><img src="/files/LkDWVTRyByOEp80BsGTg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help TikTok Shop create new ones.

* SKU.
* GTIN/Other product identifiers.

<figure><img src="/files/WvwGiA41CKtjfE9iFbcI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If your listing is a variant, this tab will appear as **Variations Identifiers**, displaying the parent product and its associated variations.

<figure><img src="/files/LUcM771kFa5UOlSVvNop" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Product Identifiers and Variations Identifiers tabs are only available for TikTok Shop from the following regions: US, GB, and EU.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Infor**</mark>

This tab consists of two required fields: **Title** and **Description**, each displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store. You can edit both fields to customize the content specifically for TikTok Shop.

To give you more control over the product description, LitCommerce offers two toggleable editing modes:

* **Rich Text Editor:** Ideal for simple descriptions using basic formatting.
* **HTML Editor:** Ideal for complex layouts using custom HTML and CSS.

<figure><img src="/files/5sBAfFkPBgSZAsn8bLrN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/how-to-create-tiktok-shop-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these TikTok fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images and videos retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. All images must meet [TikTok Shop’s image standards](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=7073362639816491#EC2500CB).

Images and videos cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your TikTok Shop listings.

<figure><img src="/files/LT2gwJ6obAgq7Luga1RY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images or videos in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images and videos by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/NGvhZssG1NrDyRHVVgXz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/hx4ZVxUbCCAgc2OWRYY6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The** [**List Price**](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=1571139399780142\&identity=1) **field is exclusive to TikTok Shop US, allowing you to enter this data directly on the listing details page.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/wvwkAYZZgshLgwS4hAQh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/how-to-create-tiktok-shop-templates-and-template-rules#price-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce TikTok Shop Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/tiktok-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, GTIN, list price, attributes, price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/pWdYo4dDME86oI4JzX5p" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The List Price field on the variant listings is exclusive to TikTok Shop US.**
{% endhint %}

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce TikTok Shop channel.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Search or browse, and select a Primary Category from the available options. This will show all relevant fields of that category.

<figure><img src="/files/5KHzAcht2MFoOFnWciuO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**By default, LitCommerce offers the Auto-suggest Category feature, which lets TikTok Shop automatically recommend a suitable category for your listing based on the product title.**&#x20;

**Entering the Category tab without a template applied will trigger this feature.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cSj88Jf3OhBI6cOJkfIG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Certain categories require permission from TikTok Shop before being used. Refer to this article to apply for** [**Invite-Only categories**](https://seller-uk.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=7753820805875458\&default_language=en-GB\&identity=1)**.**
{% endhint %}

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter a suitable value for each required product attribute. Optional fields can also have value added.

<figure><img src="/files/ECtRMni1tpifXMAVWPjk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Utilize the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/how-to-create-tiktok-shop-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **to map the TikTok Shop fields with the Main Store attributes for bulk editing.**
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. It consists of the following:

<figure><img src="/files/X4ZYuK22bGwa24pOGf52" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Warehouse:** Display the warehouse mappings from the Channel Settings if you have multiple warehouses on TikTok Shop.

* **Delivery Options:** Select a shipping method that was set up in your TikTok Seller Center. This field is not available for TikTok Shop US.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Orders with the TikTok Shipping (Ship by TikTok) method will have the buyers’ information redacted when synced through LitCommerce.**&#x20;

**Use the Seller Shipping (Ship by Seller) option so future orders can display all buyers’ details.**
{% endhint %}

* **Weight and Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field or use Select Attribute to map the corresponding Main Store attribute for automatic data entry.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on TikTok Shop**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on TikTok Shop. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on TikTok Shop.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/8rS4oFz5KuYXN8GzX22f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the TikTok Shop channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to TikTok`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/HxnalIIQ3q4h6Yb5OD2m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/VETxL8wiqKSWvtqtPp0u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet TikTok Shop's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/rRTZmFXE5jfaGJBIzdNk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create TikTok Shop Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating TikTok Shop Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available HERE. This section explains each type of template used on TikTok Shop.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

* **Primary Category:** Search using keywords and select a Primary Category from TikTok Shop’s available options.

<figure><img src="/files/rJjLbF8WCSicmodSLrwX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/HiLeVquRtkoTirtNoGeI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Certain categories require permission from TikTok Shop before being used. Refer to this article to apply for** [**Invite-Only categories**](https://seller-uk.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=7753820805875458\&default_language=en-GB\&identity=1)**.**
{% endhint %}

* **Size chart:** Upload an image that shows the size chart of your items. It must meet [TikTok Shop’s size chart requirements](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=7843059584730923).

<figure><img src="/files/IbRvg59jKFg2cZVfzVDd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **No Brand:** Disable this toggle to specify a brand for your listings from the available options.

<figure><img src="/files/AFvltVaqXnzloEGJNTMW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If listing items under your own or trademarked brand, apply for** [**Brand Authorization**](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=2419888845686570) **from TikTok Shop to confirm trademark ownership or selling rights.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product certification**</mark>

Certain categories require product certification to confirm product authenticity and comply with local legal standards. This is especially common for products like cosmetics or food items that involve regulated ingredients.

You can upload up to 3 files per criteria to provide TikTok Shop with the necessary information.

<figure><img src="/files/hLoSNZyE5zo3bohyGMIb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

More details on the product certification requirements can be found [HERE](https://seller-ph.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=1441687507715841\&default_language=en\&identity=1\&anchor_link=EC4200CA).

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Attributes**</mark>

Product attributes are product information that help customers make an informed decision before purchasing.

Fill in a fixed value for any required fields (marked by the red asterisk (\*)) and add supplementary information through the optional fields. This will apply to all listings using the template.

<figure><img src="/files/CO8gVKw6DEQ0vpp8otDu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**These fields vary depending on the selected Primary Category.**
{% endhint %}

Depending on the TikTok Shop fields, you can map the Main Store attributes to them using `Select Attribute` for LitCommerce to automatically populate the fields with corresponding values.

### <mark style="color:$primary;">**Price Template**</mark>

This template features two main options to modify and update price data:

* **Price Adjustment and Price Rounding:** Follow the basic Price Rules Options. You can add multiple adjustments to modify your TikTok Shop listings’ prices based on the Main Store products.

<figure><img src="/files/tz6zQVn8os1hcIpMArZ9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Price Preview` tool to review how the configured price rules take effect.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Kf65SoMqfdjjDXjIWmKM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Price override:** Manually select a Main Store Attribute from All Products or enter a numeric value to display.

<figure><img src="/files/Z07IckT3ol15I4e939PY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Price Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/tiktok-shop/tiktok-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

For TikTok Shop US, enable `Advanced options` to view price adjustment for List Price. It also includes two main modification options: Price Adjustment and Price override.

<figure><img src="/files/zLkIjM2q0UzPOFzmyswE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

Set up shipping information for bulk listings using this template. It includes:

* **Delivery:** Select a suitable Delivery Option from the ones that were already set up in your TikTok Seller Center.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This section is only available for TikTok Shop regions outside of the US. Refer to** [**this article**](https://seller-vn.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=7206209079330561\&lang=en) **for details on the Delivery Options setup process.**
{% endhint %}

* **Weight and Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field or use `Select Attribute` to map the corresponding Main Store attribute for automatic data entry.

<figure><img src="/files/CPDOgGXSHVpoeMlCtxyH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The TikTok Shop Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce TikTok Shop channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# TikTok Channel Settings

This article walks you through the TikTok Shop channel settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked TikTok Shop listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/NTRdEDhF5HAtwMXpYH8Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shop Name**</mark>

This field displays the store name retrieved from your TikTok Seller Center.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Region**</mark>

This field displays the region in which your TikTok Shop store is located.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your TikTok Shop store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/dYnEDZ8iaWJ91gG0JwOW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The TikTok Shop Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/aHf1PiER9N7tTG7Gov4q" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The TikTok Shop Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

Aside from the basics, the Inventory section also includes another setting tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Warehouse Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/NrsahLmkx7URRhfpZdOb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This feature allows you to connect the Main Store warehouses to the corresponding TikTok Shop warehouses.

It will display in Channel Settings when the MWH (Multi-warehouse Feature) is used in your TikTok Seller Center. More information on MWH can be found [HERE](https://seller-us.tiktok.com/university/essay?knowledge_id=6761469874456321).

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify or Square Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/umPqv1rccGcQaANi82v3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The TikTok Shop Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/3zUTjHkwjtDuLghVw54B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to TikTok Shop. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to TikTok Shop. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Add New Variants**</mark>

Enable this setting to allow LitCommerce to automatically add new Main Store variations to the corresponding linked TikTok Shop listings.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **This setting only works when variant attribute names are the same on both TikTok Shop and the Main Store.**

* **Variations will only be automatically added to the LitCommerce TikTok Channel. Perform `Save & Publish` or `Update To TikTok` to send the new variations to the marketplace.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your TikTok Shop listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when TikTok Shop orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/FjmRadYkhNZD89qGchUr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from TikTok Shop to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/TsvrydUg9oHjq3iBcb6u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Carrier Service Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/WEVTs3dEFBDUggwVYFll" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Main Store carrier service is not supported by TikTok Shop, orders fulfilled by that carrier may lack complete tracking information.

Enable this option to map the Main Store carriers to TikTok Shop carriers. This ensures accurate tracking details appear in TikTok Shop Order Tracking.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Wix, Squarespace and Square Main Stores.**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the TikTok Shop Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/fn6feloangYkEPnzVHxL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the TikTok Shop channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/SQtncIuMbkstve5vSOBy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Reverb


# How to list products on Reverb

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products from your Main Store to Reverb using LitCommerce.&#x20;

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Reverb channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/r2Pt0JilOuiu30auT8Vl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/VS2RhrMVfQOAqPiLaAwR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Reverb channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/m75Wi8k7gRYQWDuXBDp5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/913KR4GeIU2UdjyaCbzO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Reverb channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Reverb channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/oy0rzIJhUMIKKawMNfky" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/pXQupF0tKH3anj6Dviw2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers.
* Vital Info.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers, Vital Info, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with [Reverb's listing policies](https://help.reverb.com/hc/en-us/articles/360013231013-Listing-Standards).

<figure><img src="/files/jYVTs3z2lflCmly8A6nL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help Reverb create new ones.

* SKU.
* UPC/Other product identifiers.

Reverb requires a unique SKU for each listing. Ensure this will prevent any potential error during the listing process.

<figure><img src="/files/M1SQzsI9fAZedze1YPpP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If your listing is a variant, this tab will appear as **Variations Identifiers**, displaying the parent product and its associated variations.

<figure><img src="/files/jMcSC7LfsfmPT1Vj6Bbl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of two required fields: **Title** and **Description**, each displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store. You can edit both fields to customize the content specifically for Reverb.

To give you more control over the product description, LitCommerce offers two toggleable editing modes:

* **Rich Text Editor:** Ideal for simple descriptions using basic formatting.
* **HTML Editor:** Ideal for complex layouts using custom HTML and CSS.

<figure><img src="/files/EK5UmzmlHCFWqoGMGD1D" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/how-to-create-reverb-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Reverb fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. Note that all images must meet Reverb’s image standards.

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Reverb listings.

<figure><img src="/files/c2NiSnUrg16txBPCbJoM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and click `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/b4WqJrzhS329SveNqjdQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/AV4ZnloJ386axjg8VKfS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you are approved for [Tax Exempt by Reverb](https://help.reverb.com/hc/en-us/articles/41988346636571-How-can-I-submit-my-tax-exempt-information), enable this toggle to apply tax exemption for your Reverb sales.

<figure><img src="/files/BxI9eP9DfHICBPn7cusQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/how-to-create-reverb-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce Reverb Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/reverb-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/zeGG00iPeCd2FT4zmY8S" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, note that not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Reverb channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Reverb does not support variant format. Once published, variant listings will be available as separate simple items on the marketplace.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select one or more Primary Categories from the available options. You can add up to two subcategories as long as they come from the same root.

<figure><img src="/files/kYwjjTrTzmztLMaC4bB0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Add or select a suitable value for each required field. Optional fields can also be entered.

<figure><img src="/files/ezw7fDVz5l1IcXp9K95H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}

* **Utilize the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/how-to-create-reverb-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **to map the Reverb fields with the Main Store attributes for bulk editing.**

* **For Shopify and WooCommerce Main Store, you can use Category Mapping in** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/reverb-channel-settings#category-mapping) **to help streamline the process.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. You can select the suitable Shipping Profile from your Reverb store.

<figure><img src="/files/NxYj4UAI5L0AkVPHp7h7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, select the "None" option to set up your own Shipping Methods in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/gvwSpHVXPFvNuMX37eVj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Reverb**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Reverb. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Reverb.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/9G4B1bfR5ok13hrTScck" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Reverb channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Reverb`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/JwVPKXP8RUwj6mJkyGv5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/LiFjkRuKCkjfQKATct9b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Reverb's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/P7ctNKGiR8LPex8QE6mg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, you can `Create Draft on Reverb` to review before it goes live. It will be displayed under the Draft in Reverb tab in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/squ1vkMQxZFPWGzNSATI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Reverb Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Reverb Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Reverb.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

This template features two primary sections: **Price Adjustment** and **Rounding**. You can add multiple adjustments to modify your Reverb listings’ price based on the Main Store products.

<figure><img src="/files/nMu3mreo3GfMkjiSicE9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Price Preview` tool to review how the configured price rules take effect.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/UMe7yISucrE0OBRhY99u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you are approved for [Tax Exempt by Reverb](https://help.reverb.com/hc/en-us/articles/360042843893-How-can-I-submit-my-tax-exempt-information), enable the Tax Exempt toggle to apply tax exemption for your Reverb sales.

<figure><img src="/files/usDrMoY6kGskqNx9R5GA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Info**</mark>

Fill in the suitable value for the required fields: Brand, Model, and Condition.

Alternatively, utilize the `Select Attribute` list to map these Reverb fields with the Main Store fields or metafields. This allows LitCommerce to retrieve the Main Store data and populate the corresponding marketplace fields on each listing that uses the template.

<figure><img src="/files/TAVlOeRDmCrNRRFB8Qya" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

There are two ways to add Categories to your Reverb listings.

1. **Use Category Mapping**

<figure><img src="/files/0hggGsGf5qpyHospb0ub" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enable this toggle to use the Category Mappings that are set in the [Channel Settings](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/reverb-channel-settings#category-mapping). This allows LitCommerce to automatically assign the appropriate category to the Reverb listings based on the Main Store Product Types/Categories.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify or WooCommerce Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

2. **Select specific categories**

<figure><img src="/files/Hhjai1Y9LMNjTOVAb89f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select one or more Primary Categories from the available list. You may include up to two subcategories, as long as they share the same root.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Additional Details**</mark>

This section includes additional information, such as Year, Finish/color, Handmade?, etc., to add to your Reverb listings. While optional, these details can give buyers more insights into your items.

<figure><img src="/files/zya2Xcl1ymK6PkCqxw7R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**For the Shopify Main Store, use the `Auto assigned to Product Types` feature to automatically apply the template to new listings that match the corresponding Main Store Product Types.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/79oeCdW5RtFk72tlcA98" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

Set up shipping information for bulk listings using this template. You can either:

* Select the suitable Shipping Profile from your Reverb store.

<figure><img src="/files/EOKvh8E4g4PZa4M1yVWF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
[**Shipping Profile**](https://help.reverb.com/hc/en-us/articles/41988419648923-What-are-shipping-profiles-How-can-I-use-them) **must be set up directly in your Reverb Seller Dashboard before being selected in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

* Select the "None" option to set up your own Shipping Methods in LitCommerce.

<figure><img src="/files/IE6zAhuQBcm0NAQxsWo8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Reverb Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Reverb channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Reverb Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Reverb Channel Settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Reverb listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/OCiIiLr6esd4rzDwu7Rc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Username**</mark>

This field displays the Seller ID retrieved from your Seller Dashboard.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Reverb store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/Uh4coYEnprbluN14NCmu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Reverb Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

You can also select which Reverb listings’ condition the price rules apply to with the `Apply to product conditions` feature.

<figure><img src="/files/Nlu1lPloaOHfSHzLHj7c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/0JAevlp0RhL6AlbsjtIE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Reverb Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

Aside from the basics, the Inventory section also includes settings tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Relist Item**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/wEHozwihYb4Er8A0WCYs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When enable Inventory Sync, LitCommerce will automatically end your Reverb listing if it becomes out of stock in your Main Store.

You can enable the `Auto Relist Item` feature to automatically activate the Sold and Ended Reverb listings when stock is available in the Main Store, eliminating the need to do it manually.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/t8RebirmKAVUTDrj8zEw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Reverb Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/HJBZgtdBgRzheIxJikMu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

Enable this feature to sync the SKUs on your Reverb store with those in your Main Store. This helps maintain SKU consistency across connected platforms and ensures smooth management.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, it will run every 15 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Reverb. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Reverb. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Reverb listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Make Pre-Order Offers**</mark>

Reverb allows sellers to list products that are not yet in stock but expected soon, such as restocks or new releases. Buyers can make advance orders before the items become available.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Not all sellers are eligible for the Reverb Pre-orders feature. If you are a Reverb Preferred Seller, request to have this feature by referring to** [**this article**](https://help.reverb.com/hc/en-us/articles/41988462660891-How-can-I-offer-pre-orders-as-a-seller)**.**
{% endhint %}

Enabling the `Make Pre-Order Offers` feature will display pre-order options under the Category tab on each listing, including the existing and newly added ones.

<figure><img src="/files/dP754GbkgZXDEYq8ETCH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Reverb orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/QR7ezdPEyInK6iioVVoX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Reverb to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/JgWOyIJrkYynub2hkclM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Category Mapping**</mark>

To help streamline the listing process, LitCommerce provides a feature that lets you map your Main Store Product Types or Categories to the corresponding Reverb Categories.

<figure><img src="/files/nRfLvZbxi94R5yvF1BKe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once set up, any product added from All Products to the LitCommerce Reverb channel will automatically be assigned to the appropriate category based on your mappings.

{% hint style="info" %}

* **This feature is available for the Shopify or WooCommerce Main Store. Note that it only applies to new listings. Existing Reverb listings added before enabling the mapping will not be affected.**

* **Using the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/reverb/how-to-create-reverb-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **with specific categories selected will ignore this setting.**
  {% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Reverb Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/BHELWKdbjStdY21njWZS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Reverb channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/XHMbdcvnEHrkmyRLQwGw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Walmart


# How to list products on Walmart

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products from your Main Store to Walmart using LitCommerce.

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Walmart channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/g5IKfUqKf6evB7qgPkH7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/34YQ3qr33DzmJxloYnwb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Walmart channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/hRSK2bznoZmz9DQQAXoe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/mdD2kFToFNKmo7gJwSJg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Walmart channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Walmart channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/vGn2nhS7ZXEVp1x4XfDQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/ittiF6X81DskH08j22YP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers.
* Vital Info.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers, Vital Info, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with Walmart's listing policies.

<figure><img src="/files/cBreCoOGI9Bb0CA3OKLH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help Walmart create new ones.

* SKU.
* GTIN/UPC/Other product identifiers.

<figure><img src="/files/M77mhu2Rj5NGJ3wHc6YM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Walmart requires a valid Product ID (GTIN, UPC, EAN, etc.) for each listing. Each item must have its own SKU, and the combination of Product ID-SKU must also be unique in the marketplace’s system.**

**If Product IDs are not available, you will need to request GTIN Exemption from Walmart. Find more details on the process** [**HERE**](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Item%20setup/Troubleshooting/request-a-gtin-exemption)**.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Additionally, use the `SKU/Product ID Override` option if your SKU or Product ID already exists on Walmart. When enabled, this option will override the existing values on Walmart with the information from this listing. If there is an existing LitCommerce item linked to the same Walmart listing, it will be disconnected and replaced by the new one.**

**When used on variant listings, `SKU/Product ID Override` will trigger data updates across all related child options.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/nhE8PgYKxtSQBb2hLrUW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If your listing is a variant, this tab will appear as **Variations Identifiers**, displaying the parent product and its associated variations.

<figure><img src="/files/nnilGoq9C0hIKiOjXsD5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of two required fields: **Title** and **Description**, each displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store. You can edit both fields to customize the content specifically for Walmart.

To give you more control over the product description, LitCommerce offers two toggleable editing modes:

* **Rich Text Editor:** Ideal for simple descriptions using basic formatting.
* **HTML Editor:** Ideal for complex layouts using custom HTML and CSS.

<figure><img src="/files/48o5oQCKTUgt9gz8lcom" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-create-walmart-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Walmart fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. Note that all images must meet [Walmart’s image requirements](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Item%20setup/Item%20content,%20imagery,%20and%20media/Product-detail-page:-Image-guidelines-&-requirements).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Walmart listings.

<figure><img src="/files/I4UAsmslwc4TZdrDIKzd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and click `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/4gSxFJjEr7kuGHIriF9s" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/7eC2ChF9cHDi4s0ClBZI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, use the **MSRP** field to provide the manufacturer's suggested retail price of your item.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-create-walmart-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce Walmart Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/walmart-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, GTIN or UPC, variant attributes, price, list price (MSRP), and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/9dZ1C3i3o2jw19VrDTjM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, note that not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Walmart channel.

Also, the `Manage Swatch Image` button is available for mapping thumbnail images to their corresponding variations. You may refer to [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/walmart-swatch-images) for more details.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Select or search for a Primary Category from the available options. This will show all relevant fields of that category.

<figure><img src="/files/4vXdU4P7noICa9VBRDXA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter a suitable value for each required field. Optional fields can also be added.

<figure><img src="/files/V2sQspPqbWOiDkWDX2om" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Mapping the Variant Attribute Names field is required for listings with a variant format. It allows Walmart to establish parent-child product relationships in their system.**&#x20;

**If your items are simple listings, skip the Variant Attribute Names field.**
{% endhint %}

For guidance on Variant Attribute Names mapping, check below.

<details>

<summary><strong>Variant Attribute Names</strong></summary>

You will need to map the exact Main Store attributes to the selected options from the Walmart Variant Attribute Names. After choosing the options, use the `Select Attribute` field to match the corresponding Main Store variant attributes to each one.

Only options from the available Variant Attribute Names list can be selected. They will vary depending on the Primary Category.

<figure><img src="/files/K2mCrWTCu3eOOHoWFSyd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For example, the Main Store product has two variant attributes: **Size** and **Color**.

<figure><img src="/files/g1IP91LACyVk7QRJo0Lv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Variant Attribute Names of choice can be **Clothing Size** and **Color**. See below for reference on the possible mapping.

<figure><img src="/files/304jvIJucvcIvX1UYKVA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Walmart Variant Attribute Names may not contain the exact attribute names as your Main Store. Select the options that best match your product variations.**
{% endhint %}

</details>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. It includes several sections: Fulfillment Lag Time, Weight, Walmart Shipping Template, and Walmart Seller Fulfillment.

<figure><img src="/files/jigAy2mB3kaZn1pCPiQt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can refer to the article [Walmart Shipping Template](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-create-walmart-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-template) to learn more about these fields.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Walmart Shipping Template and Walmart Seller Fulfillment must be set up directly in your Walmart Seller Center. LitCommerce will then display them for selection.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Walmart**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Walmart. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Walmart.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/Ob4Ts4OkvOcSpGQhqaIy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Walmart channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Walmart`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/KrQChRUSFjh7ZuVPAPM0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Walmart API has some restrictions for the publishing process. We recommend reviewing** [**this article**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/walmart-api-limits) **to be aware of those limits.**
{% endhint %}

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/MxyfkvSfybokhmFSetLG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Walmart's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/0rnqdIdSOsiMIRu2v6wg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Walmart Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Walmart Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Walmart.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/title-and-description-template) for more details.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

This template features two main options to modify and update price data:

* **Price Adjustment and Price Rounding:** Follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules). You can add multiple adjustments to modify your Walmart listings’ prices based on the Main Store products.

<figure><img src="/files/WKMwyBYHMbM6Ljg7qDRX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the `Price Preview` tool to review how the configured price rules take effect.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/t2tIjRyG2GqZMdakD1Ox" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Price override:** Manually select a Main Store Attribute from All Products or enter a numeric value to display.

<figure><img src="/files/z97nb4m8erQLUVywn4bT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, enable the **MSRP** toggle to modify the manufacturer's suggested retail price. This feature also has two options: Price Adjustment & Price Rounding, and Price override.

<figure><img src="/files/B4voZqdcnQfjMJGVHTj9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Pricing Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/walmart-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Search using keywords and select a suitable category from the available list.

<figure><img src="/files/zkd4ZN9pIy5RndLn842f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once a category is selected, the **Variant Attribute Names** field will appear below it. Refer [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-list-products-on-walmart#variant-attribute-names) for more details about Variant Attribute Names mapping.

{% hint style="info" %}
**The Variant Attribute Names field is required for variant listings. It allows Walmart to establish parent-child product relationships in their system.**&#x20;

**If your items are simple listings, skip the Variant Attribute Names field.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/tTexo64Fu9xQcIkg4BRZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Required Fields**</mark>

This section appears after you specify a Primary Category, containing all the necessary information you must provide for your listings.

Required fields are marked with the red asterisk (\*).

<figure><img src="/files/VuUH2Zmslj848Eer7UeB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can enter fixed values in these fields to apply them to all listings using the template.

Alternatively, map them with the Main Store attributes using `Select Attribute` for auto-population of data.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Optional Fields**</mark>

This section allows you to add supplementary information specific to the selected Primary Category.

<figure><img src="/files/xiZXvQmQkqAQhUQo150m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click `Add More Fields` to choose the fields that you want to include.

<figure><img src="/files/4XZpx94J6lNBBxZbbfXJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

This template lets you apply your shipping settings from Walmart Seller Center directly to your listings. It consists of the following:

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Fulfillment Lag Time**</mark>

This refers to the number of business days needed to process and pack an order before handing it over to a carrier. It can affect your shipping performance, listing visibility, and seller metrics.

Enter a suitable number in this field to specify the handling time.

<figure><img src="/files/qBwHzGDqKtjPG67CYRZD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**The standard fulfillment lag time is 0-1 business day. However, Walmart allows sellers to request a category-based Lag Time Exemption, which extends the allowed processing time to 2 business days or more. Find more details on the process** [**HERE**](https://supplierone.helpdocs.io/article/8hq9iay7ce-fulfillment-lag-time#request_lag_times)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Weight**</mark>

You can provide your items’ weight using this section. Either enter a fixed value to apply across all listings using the template or use `Select Attribute` to map the corresponding Main Store attribute for automatic data entry.

<figure><img src="/files/wImbZiuEWUXIvjkQZrvn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Ensure that the corresponding weight unit is also selected.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Walmart Shipping Template**</mark>

This section defines information related to the domestic and international shipping settings of your Walmart listings. Choose a suitable template for it.

<figure><img src="/files/Gctd0KP1WiLa0mWDb6Zj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
[**Shipping Templates**](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Shipping%20&%20fulfillment/Shipping%20Templates/Shipping-templates:-add-settings-manually?locale=en-US) **must be set up directly in your Walmart Seller Center before being selected in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Walmart Seller Fulfillment**</mark>

When fulfilling orders through your own fulfillment center, you can add seller-managed fulfillment centers in the Walmart Seller Center.

This section in LitCommerce includes **Walmart Center** and **Walmart 3PL**, which define information related to the entire fulfillment process of your Walmart listings. Choose a suitable option for each field.

<figure><img src="/files/D1rva6ggtteN0PRyONmw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
[**Walmart Seller Fulfillment**](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Shipping%20&%20fulfillment/Fulfillment%20settings/add-a-seller-managed-fulfillment-center-in-seller-center?locale=en-US) **must be configured directly in your Walmart Seller Center before being selected in LitCommerce.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**By default, LitCommerce does not import WFS (Walmart Fulfillment Services) and 3PL (Walmart 3PL - Third-Party Logistics) orders. Enable the corresponding order sync options in Channel Settings to manage them through the tool.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Walmart Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Walmart channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Walmart API Limits

When you publish or update listings, LitCommerce handles the data transfer through a feed, which represents the information transmitted from the tool to the marketplace.

Each time a feed is created, the following information is sent:

* Price.
* Quantity.
* Product details (new data or updates).

However, the Walmart API has certain limitations that may affect feed processing and how your listings are created or updated through LitCommerce. For more details, refer [HERE](https://developer.walmart.com/us-marketplace/docs/rate-limiting).

This article outlines the key limitations.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Only 10 feeds can be sent per hour**</mark>

Whether you update a single product or a hundred, each time you click `Publish to Walmart` or `Update to Walmart`, one feed is generated.

We recommend completing edits for all necessary listings first and publishing or updating them in bulk rather than individually. This helps avoid exceeding the feed limit.

<figure><img src="/files/5w6eZPqqYLkgNqb6Y1KD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can utilize** [**Walmart Templates & Template Rules**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/how-to-create-walmart-templates-and-template-rules) **for bulk updating information.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Each feed has a file size limit**</mark>

The file size limits (MB) vary depending on the type of feeds. Surpassing the limits will cause data submission to be rejected, leading to Walmart returning an error.

LitCommerce limits publishing and updating actions to a maximum of 100 listings at a time to help prevent this error from occurring.

<figure><img src="/files/t7CuXPJk9o5n1nyLMveQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Some limits may be further throttled during high-traffic periods such as sales events or holidays.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Walmart Swatch Images

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What are Walmart swatch images?**</mark>

A swatch image is a visual preview of a child (variation) SKU within a variant group.

On Walmart, swatch images appear as small thumbnails that represent a specific product variant, typically based on attributes like color, pattern, or finish. They can be found as clickable options on the marketplace’s product page.

<figure><img src="/files/gsZfg5Rm0EqYq8aP4Jcu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When a buyer selects a swatch (e.g., Red), the main listing image automatically updates to reflect that variant, giving them a clearer visual preview before purchasing.

Swatch images are not strictly required, but are highly recommended. Walmart requires them to meet the following criteria:

* Square images (100x100 pixels).
* Color format: RGB.
* File format: JPEG, JPG, PNG, BMP (GIF images aren't permitted).
* Clean white or transparent background.
*

You can set up swatch images for variant listings directly in your Walmart Seller Center using image URLs. These URLs must be permanent, direct links that comply with Walmart’s standards.

More information on Walmart’s image guidelines can be found [HERE](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Item%20setup/Item%20content,%20imagery,%20and%20media/Product-detail-page:-Image-guidelines-&-requirements).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to set up swatch images for Walmart listings using LitCommerce?**</mark>

If you are managing listings through LitCommerce, the tool offers a built-in feature to update swatch images for your Walmart listings. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the LitCommerce Walmart channel from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/0BZQYczA3XZeEOPyk4bg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select a variant listing you want to update and open the listing details page by clicking on the title.

<figure><img src="/files/3AFAJKIbBsljfYOdRLMK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the Variations tab and click on the `Manage Swatch Image` button.

<figure><img src="/files/acjgMC1ipufDpNNYhgW9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select a variant attribute and its option. Then, hit the image box to start assigning images.

<figure><img src="/files/skniSHvLFow9PaErW0kU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select one image from the available options or enter an image URL.

<figure><img src="/files/BtGJTBxhOOAqK0pw9ibu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Ok` to confirm image selection.

<figure><img src="/files/91ON3GjEt9gQOwJPcCkc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Apply` to finalize the swatch image assignment process.

<figure><img src="/files/PStkqLZ6aWOFLvDuLJD2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

When everything is set, perform the action `Save & Publish` to send the changes to Walmart.

<figure><img src="/files/9izg23W6HB3tZLDBq89x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **Swatch images may take a few minutes to appear on Walmart, as the marketplace runs an approval process before making them publicly visible.**

* **Walmart API has some restrictions for the updating process. We recommend reviewing** [**this article**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/walmart/walmart-api-limits) **to be aware of those limits.**
  {% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Walmart Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Walmart channel settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Walmart listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/iRP319XRg0nunJW9RNaw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Username**</mark>

This field displays the Seller ID retrieved from your Walmart Seller Center.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Store Name**</mark>

Your Walmart store name will be shown here to help identify which store is connected to LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Store URL**</mark>

Once your Walmart store is successfully connected to LitCommerce, the tool will automatically pull the Store URL from the marketplace and display it here.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Walmart store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/dUoE2zA3e8mW5b6s3BLP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Walmart Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/TVdajKy6tE6f4yCjBRoJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Walmart Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/t70SF2i3OGcJsiasnoTe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Walmart Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

Additionally, this section also includes settings tailored to this specific marketplace.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Sync WFS Orders**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/FC5WYFjPyJSgPPyzLnz5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Walmart Fulfillment Services (WFS) is Walmart’s own fulfillment network that allows sellers to store inventory in the marketplace’s warehouses. It handles the entire fulfillment process, including picking, packing, shipping, customer service, and returns. More information can be found [HERE](https://marketplacelearn.walmart.com/guides/Shipping%20&%20fulfillment/Walmart%20Fulfillment%20Services%20\(WFS\)/walmart-fulfillment-services-wfs-overview).

By default, LitCommerce does not import WFS orders. Enabling this feature to retrieve these orders into our system for import to your Main Store. This helps with inventory management and sales reporting.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Sync 3PL Orders**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/0f7jTTc1ZGn6U8TobwKZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Walmart 3PL (Third-Party Logistics) refers to using external logistics providers or other warehouse partners to fulfill orders placed on Walmart. It offers great flexibility and can support multi-channel fulfillment.

By default, LitCommerce does not import 3PL orders. Enabling this feature to retrieve these orders into our system for import to your Main Store. This helps with inventory management and sales reporting.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Acknowledgement New Orders**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/APEMTko7JYM15sIzuo0h" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To move forward with fulfillment, Walmart requires that you acknowledge orders within a specific timeframe. The Auto Acknowledgement New Orders feature allows the process to be automatic.

Once the feature is enabled, new orders imported to LitCommerce will be marked as “Acknowledge” on Walmart.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/He6D4Am3FIo7zsF7fraU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Clean Listing Description**</mark>

Enable this option to automatically trim the listing description if it exceeds the 4000-character limit. This feature will apply to new listings added to the LitCommerce Walmart channel.

{% hint style="success" %}
**For existing listings on the channel, perform the action `Publish to Walmart`/`Save & Publish` or `Update To Walmart` to apply this feature and reflect the updated data on the marketplace.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Walmart listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Walmart orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/LxrOlNkCTTlYE5g9hIbi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Walmart to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/dWZQ9A2XkfUBCPx6VkfS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Carrier Service Mapping**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/fZeBQysjX9YEePa8xrFR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the Main Store carrier service is not supported by Walmart, orders fulfilled by that carrier may lack complete tracking information.

Enable this option to map the Main Store carriers to Walmart carriers. This ensures accurate tracking details appear in Walmart Order Tracking.

{% hint style="info" %}
**This feature is only available for accounts with the Shopify or BigCommerce Main Store**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Walmart Channel Settings, save the configurations at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/yfQMwTtOSUNYL7KCCX5A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Walmart channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/N5X2RZbHGC9uMiYsZOZ7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Facebook Shop


# How to list products on Facebook Shop

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products on Facebook Shop using LitCommerce.

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Product Catalog ID must also be provided before publishing products via LitCommerce. Refer to** [**this article**](https://www.facebook.com/business/help/451411486590536?id=168790679260509) **to locate it.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/BEWquirOawAEJntXWVZ3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Facebook Shop channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/jtUchk04z1JhPgwK2jbf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

s
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/JkMYP37N0dcMJYvwfAno" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Facebook Shop channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/ZgAXt4RYIRrU9JDJagiE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/ZaziypMA5IPTJqAQcDOs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Facebook Shop channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Facebook Shop channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/6QY3bqLqHFLYlKdj0wD0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the required information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/hw8vY8pJcwGjoiLXH2wT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Vital Info.
* Product Identifiers.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Vital Info, Product Identifiers, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with [Facebook Shop's listing policies](https://www.facebook.com/business/shopping/blog/new-catalog-listing-requirements-22).

<figure><img src="/files/vuqriT7MMXP33TUhJJuW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each tab below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of the following four required fields.

* **Title:** Display the product title retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Facebook Shop.

* **URL:** Show your Main Store product URL. It helps redirect buyers to your Main Store website for purchasing.

* **Retail ID:** Show a unique identifier for your listing within the Meta Commerce Manager system. LitCommerce automatically assigns your Main Store SKU as the Facebook Shop Retail ID.

* **Description:** Display the product description retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Facebook Shop.

<figure><img src="/files/ptyvz6siLP4tHoAUOozc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/how-to-create-facebook-shop-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Facebook Shop fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help Facebook Shop create new ones.

* GTIN.
* MPN.
* Brand (required).

<figure><img src="/files/3UfLqwc1fFLafLeZw3hE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. All images must meet [Facebook Shop’s image specifications](https://www.facebook.com/business/help/686259348512056?id=725943027795860).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Facebook Shop listings.

<figure><img src="/files/K3KAbTW2pbpnG2PoKm4R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/8Zgdk8AYxKEkmKrvWCp3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/pF3rTKy8bVLDI463TYek" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, you can find other optional fields under this tab.

* **Sale Price:** Set a temporary promotional price lower than your standard Price. When the sale price, sale start date, and sale end date are set, it will trigger a promotion for the listing.

* **Sale Start Date:** Specify when the sale begins.

* **Sale End Date:** Specify when the sale ends.

<figure><img src="/files/FoRwHBpDg0rUDAMmKmMw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, price, sale price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/j03d6YhZLCP6w6lnn9xS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, note that not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Facebook Shop channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Facebook Shop does not support variant format when displaying to viewers. Only one variant of each product is shown on your shop's home page.**&#x20;

**Once published from LitCommerce, variant listings will be available as separate simple items on the marketplace.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the price information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in the** [**Pricing Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/how-to-create-facebook-shop-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce Facebook Shop Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/facebook-shop-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Search or browse, and select a Primary Category from the available options.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/n2cqUMuc28XXPUvnz0mT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have a Facebook Shop category ID, enter it in the `Category ID:` box to automatically fill in the corresponding category.**
{% endhint %}

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select a suitable value for the required Condition and enter data in the optional Product Type fields.

Alternatively, map them with the corresponding Main Store fields using `Select Attribute`.

<figure><img src="/files/LPcxWrc9XLZAYHmgqe7n" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Utilize the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/how-to-create-facebook-shop-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **for bulk editing.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. It consists of the following:

* **Weight unit:** Select a suitable weight unit for your listing from the dropdown list.

* **Weight:** Enter a fixed value in the field to specify the weight of your item.

<figure><img src="/files/JviFkZcafnuSq4fnna8R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can use the** [**Shipping Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/how-to-create-facebook-shop-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-template) **for applying weight data to bulk listings.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Facebook Shop**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Facebook Shop. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Facebook Shop.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/vwSL2UobXjwiZiYO33QC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Facebook Shop channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Facebook Shop`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/odIvD6IRKso2rCD0Hcyp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/mv7Stk37WAzFoPtkBqqT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Facebook Shop's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/SXyVd4oRj3zKHnSPWqHx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Facebook Shop Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Facebook Shop Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules). This section explains each type of template used on Facebook Shop.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Facebook Shop does not support HTML tags in listing descriptions.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

This template features **Price Adjustment** and **Price Rounding** to modify and update Facebook Shop listings’ prices based on the Main Store products. They follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules).

<figure><img src="/files/9bQjYZ9n6SDSpOxO1mCb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Pricing Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/facebook-shop/facebook-shop-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

Additionally, enable `Sale Price` to set a temporary promotional period with prices lower than your Main Store prices.

<figure><img src="/files/7PtruSL0DCItiaaeGpTX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Search using keywords and select a Primary Category from Facebook Shop’s available options.

<figure><img src="/files/70QDLaRp6qgzkvPtFeO5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/jcpwdnTZc6HK0MYLIk4G" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have a Facebook Shop category ID, enter it in the `Category ID:` box to automatically assign the corresponding category.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Condition**</mark>

* **Condition:** Specify the quality of the products being sold. You can select from the available list or map this field with the Main Store attributes using `Select Attribute` for automatic data entry.

* **Product Type:** Define what kind of product you are selling. You can enter a fixed value to apply it to all listings using the template or map this field with the Main Store attributes using `Select Attribute` for automatic data entry.

<figure><img src="/files/YzPV9PClJDQ2B0U36MHn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

Set up weight information for bulk listings using this template. Ensure that the corresponding weight unit is also selected.

<figure><img src="/files/5F1rYe2Hd6F4LTCz3ndd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Facebook Shop Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Facebook Shop channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Facebook Shop Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Facebook Shop Channel Settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Facebook Shop listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/vtSY76jy984tNelOzM1r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Username**</mark>

This field displays your LitCommerce User ID after successfully connecting Facebook Shop to the tool.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Facebook Shop store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Catalog**</mark>

Enter the Product Catalog ID retrieved from your Meta Commerce Manager in this field. It allows LitCommerce to identify the correct catalog to establish the connection for transferring data.

You may refer to [this article](https://www.facebook.com/business/help/451411486590536?id=168790679260509) to locate the Product Catalog ID.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/q9t0KBlkTMv8VBxfY9yI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Facebook Shop Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/GvCqg4gi2HHeWUvr5xlX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Facebook Shop Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/tfJnRt3GZ5tpS3FLx8hi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

Enable this feature to sync the SKUs on your Facebook Shop catalog with those in your Main Store. This helps maintain SKU consistency across connected platforms and ensures smooth management.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, it will run every 15 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Facebook Shop. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Facebook Shop. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Facebook Shop listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Create on Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to **Create on Location**. This will update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Facebook Shop to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/6ZAmo2aMP3V5BcpZRPFu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**This setting is only available for the Shopify and Square Main Stores.**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Facebook Shop Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/p9uhs7OGuyIc8zPy9pj7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Facebook Shop channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/qJ8sTurLvZdMwik4k07o" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Google Merchant


# How to find your Google Merchant ID

LitCommerce requires a Google Merchant ID for channel connection in the Marketplace Integration app.&#x20;

This article guides you in locating it in Google Merchant Center. Follow the steps below to proceed:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Log in to your Google Merchant Center.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click on the `Merchant Center account` button in the top right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/swOqBPojiu8Y2tOTSpee" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Find the Merchant ID displayed under your business name.

<figure><img src="/files/bvjI5KACHEO507jfVnKg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, you can check your browser's URL for the Merchant ID.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/vZYRFQA8cNv9G42Zb1s2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to list products on Google Merchant

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products on Google Merchant using LitCommerce.&#x20;

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Google Merchant channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/Y9UZVQBFckwCVH9RUfnb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/9naOPJ7r16SFK5PDqfoz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Google Merchant channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/DUwCLXKNBXJAWnjQf1yD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/E9ToxnXwtMei842ZaI0K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Google Merchant channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Google Merchant channel.

<figure><img src="/files/NrzvthkJ39HHORUL2PRJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the additional information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/rnOPTdvyOkQz9d84Fznp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Vital Info.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Vital Info, Images, and Pricing/Variations** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with the [Google Merchant product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112?hl=en).

<figure><img src="/files/PRXkra7LRTfKN41axrbV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each section below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of the following fields.

* **Title:** Display the product title retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Google Merchant.

* **URL:** Displays the Product URL retrieved from your Main Store. This allows Google to redirect buyers to your website to make a purchase.

* **GTIN:** Show the GTIN retrieved from your Main Store.

* **MPN:** Show the MPN retrieved from your Main Store.

* **Promotion ID:** Display the ID of promotions created in the LitCommerce Promotion tab. Select one or more to apply special offers to your listings.

* **Description:** Display the product description retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Google Merchant.

<figure><img src="/files/brob0cRKptk5vYlKaHLU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-create-google-merchant-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Google Merchant listing fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Google Merchant does not support HTML tags in listing descriptions.**
{% endhint %}

### **Images**

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. All images must meet [Google Merchant’s image guidelines](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350?hl=en#Image_guidelines).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Google Merchant listings.

<figure><img src="/files/ePSGu6ewV6P1hqx3Z9tW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Z4xOmg8qcVnv7p9kmWKc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/IefRuCYOJNnaErD1nFf3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, you can find other optional fields under this tab.

* **Sale Price:** Set a temporary promotional price lower than your standard Price. When the sale price, sale start date, and sale end date are set, it will trigger a promotion for the listing.

* **Sale Start Date:** Specify when the sale begins.

* **Sale End Date:** Specify when the sale ends.

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in the** [**LitCommerce Google Merchant Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/google-merchant-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's name, SKU, MPN, GTIN, attributes, price, sale price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/EniuSWgNeEKB7pnxbX4J" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Shopee channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Once published, LitCommerce will send the correct item\_group\_id for all variations to Google Merchant. However, Google Shopping will display them as separate individual items to buyers.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items.

Ensure that all required fields have an input value. You can also add optional fields to make your listing more informative.

<figure><img src="/files/cemDEykQDs9BJQXvzN1d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}

* **It is recommended that the Primary Category be specified for high-performance listings. A category is also required for certain product types. Refer to** [**this article**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324436?hl=en) **for more details.**

* **Utilize the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-create-google-merchant-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **to map the Google Merchant listing fields with the Main Store attributes for bulk editing.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. It consists of the following:

* **Shipping Label:** Select a set of shipping rules from the ones created in your Google Merchant Center.

* **Country:** Specify the country that the listing can be delivered to.

* **Service:** Specify the shipping service or shipping method used for the listing.

* **Price:** Determine a shipping fee for the item.

* **Min handling time:** Specify the minimum number of days needed to process the order before handing it off to the shipping carrier.

* **Max handling time:** Specify the maximum number of days needed to process the order before handing it off to the shipping carrier.

* **Min transit time:** Specify the minimum number of days required for delivery once the order is handed to the shipping carrier.

* **Max transit time:** Specify the maximum number of days required for delivery once the order is handed to the shipping carrier.

* **Weight & Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field to specify the weight and dimension measurements of your item.

<figure><img src="/files/AJsfAb2V7rHCpfe1bV8x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can use the** [**Shipping Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-create-google-merchant-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-template) **for applying weight data to bulk listings.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Google Merchant**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Google Merchant. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Google Merchant.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/G5YoR19Q6uGW46CqWbZm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Google Merchant channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Google Merchant` or `Publish All Listings To Google Merchant`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/jBZhf1ajJmsEeaxQpdbc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/Q4neM4A3uBfDXHu3f0KI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Google Merchant's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/7px1cX3cJR0IuGN1Kk2I" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Alternatively, utilize the** [**Quick/Auto list to Channel**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/quick-auto-list-to-channel) **feature to help streamline the process.**
{% endhint %}

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Google Merchant Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Google Merchant Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Google Merchant.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Google Merchant does not support HTML tags in listing descriptions.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main sections in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Types**</mark>

Specify your listings’ Product Type using this section. It is a merchant-defined categorization that helps you organize and structure your product catalog inside Google Merchant Center.

<figure><img src="/files/iCa6cIptKmqSGJ0DuWAw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Product Types are fully custom. You can choose the naming and hierarchy.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Search using keywords and select a Primary Category from Google Merchant’s available options.

<figure><img src="/files/B9kjz4k419bLHDOdWRPg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/70AZwFspn7HJ2FC5Ddfh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have a Google Merchant category ID, enter it in the `Category ID:` box to automatically assign the corresponding category.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Expiration Date**</mark>

Specify the date by which your Google Merchant listings will expire and no longer be available to buyers.

<figure><img src="/files/yjVQXUvzdnsNLDx1r95Y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If you leave this field blank, the listings will automatically expire after 30 days.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Availability**</mark>

Determine the inventory status of your listings. You can select from one of the following options:

* In stock.
* Out of stock.
* Back Order.
* Pre Order.

<figure><img src="/files/a6jIXgTnDm3G4WKx1W3I" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Target Country**</mark>

Select the country where your listings will be shown to buyers on Google Shopping from the available list. It determines the listings’ currency, rules, and eligibility.

<figure><img src="/files/u1yuU736G2S5bFns4jPi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Custom label**</mark>

Add internal tags to your Google Merchant listings to organize and group them inside Google Ads.

<figure><img src="/files/UQYMFzZumvUJlYxa9ZtC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**These labels are not visible to buyers.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Item Specifics**</mark>

Use this section to provide your listings with any necessary and optional information that can make them more appealing to buyers.

<figure><img src="/files/UbFXgsqDKx8RlANNPMKF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

Set up shipping information for bulk listings using this template. It includes:

* **Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field or use Select Attribute to map the corresponding Main Store attribute for automatic data entry. Ensure that the measurement unit is also specified.

* **Shipping Label:** Select a set of shipping rules from the ones created in your Google Merchant Center.

* **Country:** Specify the country that the listing can be delivered to.

* **Service:** Specify the shipping service or shipping method used for the listing.

* **Price:** Determine a shipping fee for the item.

* **Min handling time:** Specify the minimum number of days needed to process the order before handing it off to the shipping carrier.

* **Max handling time:** Specify the maximum number of days needed to process the order before handing it off to the shipping carrier.

* **Min transit time:** Specify the minimum number of days required for delivery once the order is handed to the shipping carrier.

* **Max transit time:** Specify the maximum number of days required for delivery once the order is handed to the shipping carrier.

<figure><img src="/files/nVHF61WjB4pyd1ozNn9N" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Google Merchant Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Google Merchant channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Google Merchant Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Google Merchant channel settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Google Merchant listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/NXPuqCNxhBXzPZDtCVuO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Google Merchant ID**</mark>

This field displays the ID retrieved from your Google Merchant Center.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Google Merchant store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/qC5QAFIMdlFYwL8kF9oA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Google Merchant Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/8ilyMPqX6tlEvQiqjsvc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Google Merchant Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Marketing & Growth**</mark>

You will find the feature **UTM Tracking Parameters** in this section. More details about it on Google Merchant can be found [HERE](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/10917952?hl=en).

<figure><img src="/files/LUDjppkLlpT0rz0FlblM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The feature adds tags to your product URLs for tracking traffic source, campaign, and ad performance for Google Shopping. They provide detailed insights in Google Analytics, helping you identify which shopping ads or products generate the most conversions.

Enter a suitable value in each field below:

* **Campaign:** Identifies a specific ad campaign. For example: `holiday_sale`, `summer_promo`.

* **Medium:** Identifies the method or pathway that led a buyer to your website. For example: `shopping`, `paid_search`.

* **Source:** Identifies where the traffic came from. For example: `google_shopping`.

The product URL will be formatted based on your input. Here is an example of how it will appear once applied:

[`https://www.yourstore.com/products/cupcake-apron?utm_source=google_shopping&utm_medium=paid_search&utm_campaign=holiday_sale`](https://www.yourstore.com/products/cupcake-apron?utm_source=google_shopping\&utm_medium=paid_search\&utm_campaign=holiday_sale)

{% hint style="info" %}
**The setting only applies to new listings added to the LitCommerce Google Merchant channel following the configuration. To apply the setting to existing listings, use `Update To Google Merchant`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/3SED99bExvxAZ512mLAI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/uY4xQR57javCfBGswFNk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Google Merchant. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Google Merchant. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Google Merchant listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Create on Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to **Create on Location**. This will update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Google Merchant to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/6c91R5qGkgFHJRQyrKjG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**This setting is only available for the Shopify and Square Main Stores.**
{% endhint %}

Once you have completed setting up the Google Merchant Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/k4ECaWpjjvWQFdDIYVq0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Google Merchant channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/xxAq49bu5KCqsaOvz0Df" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to set up a promotion on Google Merchant

This article guides you on creating and setting up a Google Merchant promotion using LitCommerce. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**What is a promotion on Google Merchant?**</mark>

A promotion on Google Shopping is a special offer (such as a discount, free shipping, or a free gift) that appears directly on your shopping ads and free listings. It helps increase product appeal and encourages more buyers to complete their purchase. All promotions are applied at checkout or point of sale.

In your Google Merchant Center, Promotions is available as an add-on feature.

{% hint style="info" %}

* **You must be eligible for Merchant Promotion add-ons. If not, contact** [**Google Support**](https://support.google.com/merchants/contact/promos_contact) **for help enrolling in promotions. More details on eligibility requirements can be found** [**HERE**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13422697?hl=en\&sjid=113004504986347999-NC#eligibility)**.**

* **All Google Merchant accounts share the same basic** [**quota limits on promotions**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15499922)**. However, you can request Google for a quota increase.**
  {% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to create a promotion on Google Merchant using LitCommerce?**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Access the Google Merchant channel from within your LitCommerce account.

<figure><img src="/files/R1XqLeAv4HD8bqW8ppAJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Open the Promotion tab and click `Create Promotion`.

<figure><img src="/files/8g3miQprmKazwHtIOE4X" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Start filing in the required information. It consists of the following promotion attributes:

<details>

<summary><strong>Title</strong></summary>

You can give the promotion any name you prefer. This helps reflect the specific promotion that is applied and distinguishes it from the others.

<figure><img src="/files/k0mzXE4YFL9cCFH7C7ej" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Promotion titles have a limit of 60 characters and must meet other** [**Google Merchant promotion editorial requirements**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2877578)**.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Promotion ID</strong></summary>

Create a unique internal identifier to label and track each promotion in your Google Merchant Center.

<figure><img src="/files/IIJD7tbQ9KpOjwYktvs3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Target Country</strong></summary>

Specify the country where your promotion will be shown to buyers on Google Shopping from the available list. It determines the promotion’s currency, rules, and eligibility.

<figure><img src="/files/kFZc9Pk9qhvg6KuGOd3o" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Content Language</strong></summary>

This attribute specifies the language your promotion must use. The available options vary depending on your selected Target Country.

<figure><img src="/files/FCOdhpx8Liy2rWxJS7mf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To ensure your promotion appears correctly and meets Google’s regional policies, use the language of the Target Country in both the promotion titles and language settings.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Promotion Category</strong></summary>

Select the most suitable category for your target promotion. Each category corresponds to its own set of settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Each Promotion/Delivery Type has its own set of Promotion Details. Make sure to fill in all the required information that is marked by a red asterisk (\*).**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/hBhUWhtJH92kvX4d5bvL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Amount Off**</mark>

This category includes the following Promotion Types:

* **Amount Off:** Offer a monetary discount.

* **Buy quantity of products, get amount off:** Offer a monetary discount to customers who purchase a certain quantity of products.

* **Buy quantity of products, get the same item at a discount:** Offer a product at a discount for customers who purchase a certain quantity of the same product.

<figure><img src="/files/iBIUquHUHrfAfqkfMrdb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Percent Off**</mark>

This category includes the following Promotion Types:

* **Percent Off:** Offer a percentage discount.

* **Buy quantity of products, get percent off:** Offer a percentage discount to customers who purchase a certain quantity of products.

* **Buy quantity of products, get the same item at a percent off:** Offer a product at a percentage discount for customers who purchase a certain quantity of the same product.

<figure><img src="/files/IgzwdUkIzu8xJvhy86KM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Discount percentages must be whole numbers. Decimals are not allowed.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Free Gift**</mark>

This category includes the following Promotion Types:

* **Get a free gift:** Add a free gift to customers' carts. You can optionally set a minimum purchase amount or quantity of products.

* **Get a gift card:** Add a free card to customers' carts. You can optionally set a minimum purchase amount or quantity of products.

<figure><img src="/files/L2cpG1LMrPjouLxbdIRu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Free Shipping**</mark>

This category includes the following Delivery Types:

* **Free standard shipping.**
* **Free overnight shipping.**
* **Free 2-day shipping.**

<figure><img src="/files/wTZYFGU5HKgO6BtF9FGF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Start Date &#x26; End Date</strong></summary>

* **Start Date:** Specify the first day and time your promotion becomes active.

* **End Date:** Specify the final day and time your promotion is valid.

<figure><img src="/files/4JxMueW55iwz8j28zdHO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Each promotion has a 6-month limit (183 days) from the Start Date and will automatically expire once it reaches the End Date. The timezone used in LitCommerce for these promotions is UTC+0.**
{% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Destination</strong></summary>

Check one or both boxes to determine where the promotion will appear.

* **Free Listings:** Unpaid product placements shown across Google surfaces and do not require paid ads. Find more information about this HERE.

* **Shopping Ads:** Paid advertisements created through Google Ads.

<figure><img src="/files/QrRGsjdwADQwsajHwRa1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Promo Code</strong></summary>

This field lets you choose whether your promotion has a customer-visible code (such as “SAVE25”) that must be entered at checkout to redeem the offer.

* **No Code:** Indicate that your promotion does not have a promotion code.

* **Generic Code:** Specify a code for your promotion by manually entering any value you prefer.

<figure><img src="/files/ZbbEz4r0npLaR10xspc2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Promotion Applicability</strong></summary>

Use this field to specify which listings your promotion will apply to.

* **All Products:** The promotion applies to your entire Active product catalog.

* **Specific Products:** The promotion only applies to selected products. Refer to [this section](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-set-up-a-promotion-on-google-merchant#how-to-apply-a-promotion-to-listings-using-litcommerce) for step-by-step guidance.

<figure><img src="/files/bQLwEqaMVH865lxazdMr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click `Create Promotion` to save the configuration and generate a new Google Merchant promotion.

<figure><img src="/files/rQrop6b4mAbNZmZjuttr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Promotions must comply with** [**Google Merchant promotion criteria**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13422697?hl=en\&sjid=113004504986347999-NC#criteria)**. They will undergo** [**an approval process**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/4588464) **for about 12-24 hours after the Start Date. Check the promotions’ status on your** [**Google Merchant Center**](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13509015#zippy=%2Chow-do-i-determine-the-status-of-my-promotion)**.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**It is recommended that you submit promotions at least 24 hours before the effective start time to allow a smooth and timely review process. Otherwise, they may be delayed by 24 hours.**
{% endhint %}

The Promotions will appear on the LitCommerce interface for further management. You can use the Promotion Title or ID to search for any available promotion in the search bar.

<figure><img src="/files/2gqegnpHknIkgyQ7jsuz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Additionally, select the target promotions and click `Select Action` to perform any available actions.

<figure><img src="/files/wBTSQ5Q8jdrli8sE1jr2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**How to apply a promotion to listings using LitCommerce?**</mark>

In addition to applying a promotion to all Active listings with the [All Products option](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/google-merchant/how-to-set-up-a-promotion-on-google-merchant#promotion-applicability), you can manually assign it to individual or bulk listings by following the steps below.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Open the Manage Listings tab in the LitCommerce Google Merchant channel.

<figure><img src="/files/eGfrTS3FGuMMlrfHUDNB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the target listings, click on `Select Action` and choose `Manage Promotions`.

<figure><img src="/files/8yjjSkNuPViG8xUNdxMx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the promotion(s) to assign or remove them.

<figure><img src="/files/vdkOMridCoLCcqP3J7S8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once completed, make sure to perform `Publish to Google Merchant` (for Draft listings) or `Update to Google Merchant` (for Active listings) to reflect the promotions on Google Merchant Center.

<figure><img src="/files/E1Y4kcwHYpNyPXxpBw8r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Shopee


# How to list products on Shopee

This article provides a step-by-step guide to help you list products on Shopee using LitCommerce.

The process transfers only products found in LitCommerce’s All Products section. Make sure to check that all your Main Store items are included, and import any missing ones if needed.

Further details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 1: Add Draft listings to the Shopee channel from All Products**</mark>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the All Products section from the sidebar menu.

<figure><img src="/files/zN3RIK7oDef1T9RA1IPk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the products you want to list, click `Select Action`, and choose `Add To Channel Drafts`.

<figure><img src="/files/8z5Py2BqykEZ5nQ6gdAD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the Shopee channel and click `Add As Draft Now`.

<figure><img src="/files/EKKKWhUhgNAoN15cwdkO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can list the listings in bulk. The `Add All Products To Channel Drafts` feature is available for paid plan users to help speed up the process.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/DNUJssGIP7JFFqQxpury" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 2: Edit Draft listings in the LitCommerce Shopee channel**</mark>

After completing the first stage, your listings will appear under the Draft tab in the LitCommerce Shopee channel. Listings with missing information will be marked with the `Missing Info` status.

<figure><img src="/files/MZp5rs2Ng8vjKcZZVOme" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can start filling in the additional information by clicking on the title to open the listing details page.

<figure><img src="/files/TfJs25bQIsymG0wlrcI4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The page consists of the following tabs.

* Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers.
* Vital Info.
* Extended Description.
* Images.
* Pricing/Variations.
* Category.
* Shipping.

The data in the **Product Identifiers/Variations Identifiers,** **Vital Info, Images, and Pricing** tabs is automatically imported from All Products. You must manually review these details and complete all other required fields to comply with [Shopee's listing policies](https://seller.shopee.sg/edu/courseDetail/65).

<figure><img src="/files/otRZXLn5FObq0ZqTg7zr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Required fields are marked with a red asterisk (\*).

Let’s go through each section below.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Product Identifiers**</mark>

This tab includes multiple product identifier fields used to distinguish listings and help TikTok Shop create new ones.

* SKU.
* GTIN/EAN/Other product identifiers.

<figure><img src="/files/z4nuiK7LYE5iqHxtFMFp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If your listing is a variant, this tab will appear as **Variations Identifiers**, displaying the parent product and its associated variations.

<figure><img src="/files/RluVw2eU3eBizCAlzk4w" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Vital Info**</mark>

This tab consists of the following fields.

* **Title:** Display the product title retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Shopee.

* **SKU:** Show the SKU retrieved from your Main Store.

* **Description:** Display the product description retrieved from your Main Store. You can edit this field to customize the content specifically for Shopee.

<figure><img src="/files/8nSnbkPv03c9KfZLHMap" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Title & Description Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/how-to-create-shopee-templates-and-template-rules#title-and-description-template) **to bulk edit product titles and descriptions. It populates these Shopee fields by mapping them to attributes from your Main Store.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Shopee does not support HTML tags in listing descriptions.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Extended Description**</mark>

Extended Description is optional. It lets you include images in your listing descriptions to make them more engaging. All images must meet [Shopee's description image guidelines](https://seller.shopee.sg/edu/article/16368/image-product-description).

Enable the `Extended Description` toggle to display the description box. LitCommerce will send the exact content entered in this box to Shopee and display it as your listing description.

<figure><img src="/files/BJjJo3GyYTLACGaikgsV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **Although the tab appears for all users, it only functions for whitelisted sellers. Reach out to** [**Shopee Support**](https://seller.shopee.com.my/edu/article/16117/contact-shopee-customer-service) **to request whitelisting.**

* **If both Description and Extended Description are used, the Extended Description takes priority.**
  {% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Images**</mark>

This tab displays images retrieved from the corresponding Main Store product. Only the first 9 images can be published on Shopee. All images must meet [Shopee's product image guidelines](https://seller.shopee.ph/edu/article/284).

Images cannot be added directly to the Images tab in LitCommerce. To update them, make the necessary changes in your Main Store and use the `Load Images From Main Store` button to reflect them in your Shopee listings.

<figure><img src="/files/a3CpzsMaDrRh1ZFvJrIh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Simply drag and drop images in the Images tab to adjust their order. You can also remove the images by hovering over them and clicking `x` on the top-right corner.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cwjHD8SXQuSkh9vz1uyV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing/Variations**</mark>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pricing**</mark>

This tab is only visible on simple listings. It contains two required fields: **Price** and **Quantity**, displaying the corresponding data from your Main Store and available for editing on item level.

<figure><img src="/files/kjaJxHJrEZd6KmP4VdGv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**You can adjust the information in bulk based on the Main Store data using rules in** [**the template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/how-to-create-shopee-templates-and-template-rules#pricing-template) **or the** [**LitCommerce Shopee Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/shopee-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Variations**</mark>

This tab replaces the Pricing tab for variant listings. It displays each variation's SKU, attributes, price, and quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/qcMX29OsztEY5NAGVmXD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Up to 100 options for a single variation type can be added. The total number of variation combinations across all types cannot exceed 100. Refer to** [**this article**](https://seller.shopee.sg/edu/article/14234/product-variations-) **for more details.**
{% endhint %}

You can delete unwanted variations from the listing by clicking the `Bin` icon. However, not all variations can be removed from the parent product in the LitCommerce Shopee channel.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category**</mark>

The Category tab is essential during the listing process, as it helps provide buyers with key information about your items. Follow the steps below to proceed.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Search and select a Primary Category from the available options. This will show all relevant fields of that category.

<figure><img src="/files/IWnQyJIGqN1KTcMfuP3r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter a suitable value for each required product attribute. Optional fields can also have value added.

<figure><img src="/files/36iBpLsrOJCWeVBgglZ9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Utilize the** [**Category Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/how-to-create-shopee-templates-and-template-rules#category-template) **to map the Shopee fields with the Main Store attributes for bulk editing.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping**</mark>

Set up your shipping information using this tab. It consists of the following:

* **Domestic shipping:** Enable any shipping channels you find suitable for your listing. These channels were set up in your [Shopee Seller Center](https://seller.shopee.ph/edu/article/14091).

* **Weight and Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field.

<div><figure><img src="/files/AZy8Xf62CSACwosheQSz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/e2zlmceSUHrzFn0hgiad" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Use the** [**Shipping Template**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/how-to-create-shopee-templates-and-template-rules#shipping-template) **to bulk update data.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Step 3: Publish Draft listings on Shopee**</mark>

Once all the required information is completed on the listing details page, you can save and publish the listing on Shopee. Look at the bottom-right corner and click on one of the buttons below:

* **Save & Publish:** Save and publish all changes immediately on Shopee.
* **Save & Close:** Save the changes as a draft on LitCommerce and exit the listing details page.
* **Save Changes:** Save the changes and stay on the page to continue editing.

<figure><img src="/files/vzMeTyK0A3Bc6ju0UKkI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**To publish multiple listings at once, navigate to the Draft tab on the Shopee channel, select the listings, and then perform the action `Publish to Shopee`.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/s8tAnjQsQlC5rCndd5Cu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After publishing successfully, the listings will be transferred from Draft to the Active tab.

<figure><img src="/files/ycmRrRXUut6a45n4ApJR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If the provided information does not meet Shopee's requirements or policies, the listings will be moved to the Error tab.**&#x20;

**To resolve, open the listing details page, review the error messages, and make the necessary corrections before republishing.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/mwCV2rL68GvUaBoeZtyk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# How to create Shopee Templates & Template Rules

To bulk edit multiple listings with similar attributes, you can create and apply Templates and Template Rules. This will automatically populate a predefined format of listing attributes.

This article walks you through creating Shopee Templates and Template Rules. More details can be found below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Templates**</mark>

The steps to create a template are available [HERE](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#templates). This section explains each type of template used on Shopee.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title & Description Template**</mark>

The template follows the LitCommerce Title & Description Template general structure. Check out [this article](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules/title-and-description-template) for more details.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Category Template**</mark>

You can find the following main fields in this template.

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Primary Category**</mark>

Search using keywords and assign a Primary Category from Shopee’s available options.

<figure><img src="/files/Bnep1MPtBXDkPVY2hU6G" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Alternatively, you can browse from the list of categories. Ensure you select an end-leaf category.

<figure><img src="/files/J7balRFFMqRneJ3HUqyQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**If you have a Shopee category ID, enter it in the `Category ID:` box to automatically assign the corresponding category.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Brand**</mark>

Shopee requires each listing to have the Brand field specified from the approved brand list. Choose one that best matches your items.

<figure><img src="/files/Ivqf1NtvXDEOjKqWNqen" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**If your brand does not appear in the dropdown list, you will need to submit a request for** [**Brand Registration**](https://seller.shopee.com.my/edu/article/16200/submit-brand-registration) **through the Shopee Seller Center. Once approved, the brand will become available for selection in your listings.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
**Select “NoBrand” if you do not want to provide the brand for the listings.**
{% endhint %}

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Condition**</mark>

Specify the quality of the products being sold by selecting from the available list.

<figure><img src="/files/xXhVthi5yUCohuWPXHjm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Size Chart**</mark>

Select the size chart option from the available ones that were already set up on your Shopee Seller Center.

<figure><img src="/files/aXWBEuWysyEft6QugeG2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Pre Order**</mark>

This option allows you to list products not yet available for immediate shipping, extending the preparation time before dispatch. Refer to [this article](https://seller.shopee.ph/edu/article/24883) for more details.

Enable the toggle to view and set a value for the Days to Ship field.

<figure><img src="/files/Zbml8clNKfT3urCDvgKJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### <mark style="color:blue;">**Product Attributes**</mark>

These fields (including required and optional) appear after the Primary Category is selected. You can use them to provide more insights for the listings.

<figure><img src="/files/PII71VNaGV1zKQX24aXa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Product attributes vary depending on the selected category.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Pricing Template**</mark>

This template features **Price Adjustment** and **Price Rounding** to modify and update Shopee listings’ prices based on the Main Store products. They follow the basic [Price Rules Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options#price-rules).

<figure><img src="/files/AMgGXGtnNhtnT05gMK7e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Applying the Pricing Template will override the price rules in the** [**Channel Settings**](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/supported-platforms/shopee/shopee-channel-settings#pricing)**.**
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Shipping Template**</mark>

Set up shipping information for bulk listings using this template. It includes:

* **Domestic shipping:** Enable any suitable shipping channels from those already set up in your [Shopee Seller Center](https://seller.shopee.ph/edu/article/14091).

* **Weight and Dimensions:** Enter a fixed value in each field or use `Select Attribute` to map the corresponding Main Store attribute for automatic data entry.

<figure><img src="/files/bLtnOQDddPr6YYvMFq3L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Extended Description**</mark>

The Extended Description Template lets you include images in your listing descriptions, making them more visually appealing. All images must meet [Shopee's description image guidelines](https://seller.shopee.sg/edu/article/16368/image-product-description).

LitCommerce will send the exact content entered in this box to Shopee and display it as your listing description.

<figure><img src="/files/yI42ecz2MFliUKJZSDKi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}

* **This template only functions for whitelisted sellers. Reach out to** [**Shopee Support**](https://seller.shopee.com.my/edu/article/16117/contact-shopee-customer-service) **to request whitelisting.**

* **If both the Title & Description Template and the Extended Description Template are assigned to a listing, LitCommerce will prioritize the Extended Description Template.**
  {% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Template Rules**</mark>

The Shopee Template Rules follow the same instructions as the [Template Rule](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/app-features/templates-and-template-rules#template-rules).

By following these steps, you can create and manage the templates and template rules on the LitCommerce Shopee channel to help ensure your listings are completed and properly structured.

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.


# Shopee Channel Settings

This article walks you through the Shopee channel settings in LitCommerce. These settings control how your Main Store products sync with the corresponding linked Shopee listings.

More information is provided below.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Connection**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/YJv3QukXt35AdphNKgnu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This section consists of the following:

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Channel Name**</mark>

Use this box to give the channel any name you prefer. This helps distinguish it from other connected channels in LitCommerce.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Username**</mark>

This field displays the username retrieved from your Shopee Seller Center.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Status**</mark>

This field shows the connection status between your Shopee store and LitCommerce.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Click on the `Test Connection` button to verify whether the connection is still valid.**
{% endhint %}

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Pricing**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/1CnN2hFHffe7jAqH223H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Shopee Channel follows the basic [Price Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-3-set-up-price-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Inventory**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/XTH4mIfBZ1GaYqgShh88" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Shopee Channel follows the basic [Inventory Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-4-set-up-inventory-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Order**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/Rp6H80c2ctjkOfOfXDaG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Shopee Channel follows the basic [Order Sync Options](https://litcommerce.gitbook.io/litcommerce-helpdesk/marketplace-integration/setup-and-navigation/step-by-step-setup/step-5-set-up-order-sync-options).

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Other settings**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/voWitxLIM9WmwYVwEOu3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**SKU Sync**</mark>

Enable this feature to sync the SKUs on your Shopee Seller Center with those in your Main Store. This helps maintain SKU consistency across connected platforms and ensures smooth management.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note the following:**

* **Inventory Sync must be enabled for SKU Sync to work.**

* **When first enabled, only new updates (Inventory, Price, etc.) will trigger SKU Sync. Afterward, it will run every 15 minutes.**
  {% endhint %}

<br>

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Title Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product titles from your Main Store to Shopee. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Auto Trim Title**</mark>

Shopee titles are limited to 120 characters. Enable this setting to automatically shorten titles at the last complete word to meet the platform’s requirements.

When first enabled, only new updates will trigger the Trim function. Afterward, updates will run every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Description Sync**</mark>

Enable this setting to sync product descriptions from your Main Store to Shopee. Updates occur every 15 minutes.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Listing Sync Error Alerts**</mark>

Enable this setting to receive email notifications when your Shopee listings fail to sync.

### <mark style="color:$info;">**Unselect Products after Bulk Action**</mark>

By default, selected listings remain checked after bulk actions. Enable this setting to automatically clear selections to prevent duplicate actions.

## <mark style="color:$primary;">**Sync to Main Store**</mark>

If your Main Store has multiple warehouse locations, select one warehouse to do the following:

* **Sync to Location (only available for the Square Main Store):** Update inventory in a specific warehouse when Shopee orders are imported.

<figure><img src="/files/OFvZdNyVducrTyejoZSe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Create on Location (available for both the Shopify and Square Main Stores):** Update stock in a selected warehouse when creating listings from Shopee to the Main Store.

<figure><img src="/files/CpepdBFtBiLMzizerndT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you have completed setting up the Shopee Channel Settings, save the configurations using the `Save Settings` button at the bottom of the interface.

<figure><img src="/files/OGpG8aLZZPAJmBGAhyCl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Find the sync status under the Shopee channel name.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/jaLnSBYyA1D0oq0MDj2E" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have any questions, let us know via the Chat Box in the bottom-right corner of our Help Center.




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

